Response paper
Begin Reading
Table of Contents
About the Author
Copyright Page
Thank you for buying this
Henry Holt and Company ebook.
To receive special offers, bonus content,
and info on new releases and other great reads,
sign up for our newsletters.
Or visit us online at
us.macmillan.com/newslettersignup
For email updates on the author, click here.
The author and publisher have provided this e-book to you
for your personal use only. You may not make this e-book
publicly available in any way. Copyright infringement is
against the law. If you believe the copy of this e-book
you are reading infringes on the author’s copyright,
please notify the publisher at:
us.macmillanusa.com/piracy.
To my parents,
Bob and Barbara Novogratz,
who taught me to love the world,
and
to all who aspire to give more
to the world than you take from it
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We make our lives with each other. This book has been
nurtured by multitudes. To all of them I am grateful.
Thanks to my brilliant editor, Barbara Jones, and the
great team at Holt. Barbara, you pushed me to
uncomfortable places, edited with insight and care, and
talked me off a few cliffs. And the book is better for it.
Thanks, too, to Ruby Rose Lee and the copy editor, Jenna
Dolan, who reviewed the manuscript. Thank you to my
irrepressible agent Elyse Cheney and your team for
believing in and fighting for this book. And for being
dreamers who do.
Cyndi Stivers, you are a miracle. Thank you for
accompanying me from the very first days of Sunflowers to
the final editing with thrilling speed and surety. William
Charnock, the shepherd, you always said yes, made my
challenges yours, remained impossibly positive, and kept
me sane. Bavidra Mohan, your thoughtful feedback
illuminated those early, messy drafts. Seth Godin, your
creativity and friendship put wind beneath my wings that
carried me across the world and back. Thank you.
My sister Beth supported my spirit throughout, just as
she did with The Blue Sweater. Beth, I love our
collaborations, and your generosity astonishes.
Carlyle Singer, Acumen’s fearless president, is my
partner in building both an institution and a movement. She
made it possible for me to write this book while remaining
close to the work. Thank you, Carlyle, for modeling shared
leadership and for being a friend.
I could not have completed the book without the
bighearted support of a small and mighty group at Acumen
who helped do whatever it took to organize and reconsider
fragments and journals of stories told and untold: Lindsay
Camacho, Charlotte Erb, Sonya Khattak, and Maureen Klein.
Lynn Roland helped make this our shared book. Thank you
to patient readers who gave truthful, constructive feedback:
Sophia Ahmed, Wei Wei Hsing, Esha Mufti, Chee Pearlman,
and, of course, my mother, the most voracious reader I
know. Thanks to Regional Directors for your patience
through this process, for your ideas, for teaching me more
than you know. Thanks to Sunny Bates, Karie Brown, Leslie
Gimbel, Jeanie Honey, Otho Kerr, and Taylor Milsal for your
endless support.
I feel like the luckiest woman on earth to do work I
adore with people I love. Thanks to the entire Acumen team
across the globe. You model the principles of this book,
teach me daily, and inspire me to be a better version of
myself. Your commitment to excellence has helped build
four new organizations in our extended family—Acumen’s
off-grid energy fund KawiSafi, our agriculture resiliency fund
ARAF, our Latin America Growth Fund, and our spin-off from
Lean Data, 60 Decibels. Each of those teams, too, have
influenced the ideas in this book, and for all of you, I am
grateful.
I interviewed many Acumen entrepreneurs and fellows
both on-site and at distance and appreciate every visit,
every interaction. Each one of you has taught me more than
I can say. And though many of your stories and lessons
about making capital work for us are not included here,
nothing is wasted. Indeed, the collection of Acumen’s nearly
130 entrepreneurs and 600 fellows around the world
represents a treasure trove of human possibility; all of you
have lessons worth sharing.
Many thanks go to Acumen’s phenomenal board of
directors who encouraged me to write this book in the first
place: our indominable chair Shaiza Rizavi, Andrea Soros
Colombel, Cristina Ljungberg, Hunter Boll, Julius Gaudio,
Kathleen Chew Wai Lin, Kirsten Nevill-Manning, Margo
Alexander, Nate Laurell, Pat Mitchell, Stuart Davidson,
Thulasiraj Ravilla, as well as Dave Heller, William Mayer,
Robert Niehaus, Mike Novogratz, and Ali Siddiqui, who only
recently rolled off the board after many years of service.
Thank you to every advisory member (I’m including those
not acknowledged elsewhere): Jawad Aslam, Diana Barrett,
Tim Brown, Peter Cain, Niko Canner, Jesse Clarke, Beth
Comstock, Rebecca Eastmond, Paul Fletcher, Katherine
Fulton, Peter Goldmark, Per Heggenes, Katie Hill, Arianna
Huffington, Jill Iscol, Maria Angeles Leon Lopez, Federica
Marchionni, Felipe Medina, Susan Meiselas, Craig Nevill-
Manning, Noor Pahlavi, Paul Polman, Kerry J. Sulkowicz, Vikki
Tam, Mark Tercek, Pat Tierney, Daniel Toole, and Hamdi
Ulukaya. For your constant support, thank you. And, of
course, none of this learning would have been possible
without Acumen’s remarkable community of partners,
course takers, supporters, and friends around the world.
When all is said and done, you are the vanguard.
These pages carry the written wisdom of individuals far
wiser than I will ever be. I cannot possibly name all of them,
but the writings of Chinua Achebe, David Brooks, John
Gardner, Anand Giridharadas, Seth Godin, Jon Haidt, Marie
Howe, Chris Lowney, Maria Popova, Bryan Stevenson,
Pádraig Ó Tuama, Elaine Pagels, Amartya Sen, and Krista
Tippett especially have been a gift. I also owe much to the
Good Society Readings and friends from the Aspen Institute,
where I am a trustee and proud Henry Crown fellow.
Thank you to the Rockefeller Foundation who supported
me with a monthlong residency at its Bellagio Conference
Center. That time helped me get started and introduced me
to a community of encouraging friends. Thanks to Akhil
Gupta as well.
Belonging to a big, crazy, loving family not only grounds
me but makes my life richer and my work more effective
and expansive. I’m forever grateful to my parents, Barbara
and Bob; to my siblings, Robert, Michael, Elizabeth, John,
Amy, and Matthew; my in-laws, Sukey, Cortney, Tina,
Nadean, and Mike. To my stepdaughters Elizabeth and Anna
and their spouses, Joseph and Sam. And to the next big
generation of family members who will change the world
along with their peers. It is for you and every other young
person on this planet that I ultimately wrote this book.
Finally, to my darling Chris, for your patient ear, your
constant support, for your forever love, for everything.
INTRODUCTION
1986. Kigali, Rwanda. I am standing in a field on a blue-sky
day, surrounded by tall, yellow sunflowers. I am a twenty-
five-year-old former banker dressed in a flowy skirt, wearing
flat, mud-speckled white shoes, my head filled with dreams
of changing the world. Beside me is an apple-cheeked,
bespectacled nun in a brown habit smiling broadly. Her
name is Felicula, and I adore her for taking me under her
wing. Along with a few other Rwandan women, she and I are
planning to build the first microfinance bank in the country.
Today, we’re visiting a sunflower oil–pressing business, the
kind of tiny venture our bank might one day support. We
plan to call the microfinance organization Duterimbere,
meaning “to go forward with enthusiasm.”
All I see is upside.
2016. Kigali, Rwanda. I am standing at an outdoor reception
on a starry night, surrounded by men and women in dark
suits. I am the fifty-five-year-old CEO of Acumen, a global
nonprofit seeking to change the way the world tackles
poverty. Rwanda’s president, Paul Kagame, and his top
ministers are at the reception to meet potential investors in
a new $70 million impact fund Acumen is building to bring
solar electricity to more than ten million low-income people
in East Africa.
I have become all too familiar with the risks of making
and then trying to deliver on big promises. Yet I’m confident
Acumen and its partners can launch and implement this
fund, and thus prove the power of innovation to help solve
one of the continent’s most intractable problems.
Just before I begin to make a formal presentation to the
group, a young Rwandan woman wearing a navy suit and
low-heeled pumps approaches me.
“Ms. Novogratz,” she says, “I think you knew my
auntie.”
“Really?” I ask. “What was her name?” I haven’t a clue
to whom she is referring: too many of my friends were
murdered in the genocide.
“Her name was Felicula,” she responds brightly.
My eyes well with tears. “I’m sorry,” I stammer. “Would
you remind me who you are again?”
“My name is Monique,” the young woman answers with
soft-spoken confidence, her eyes holding mine. “I am the
deputy secretary-general of Rwanda’s central bank.”
Words fail me completely. I am transported back to the
days when Felicula and I dreamed together of a world in
which women would have greater control over their lives.
Of course, we started with a low bar: until 1986, it was
illegal in Rwanda for a woman to open a bank account
without her husband’s permission. Although Felicula and I
and our other cofounders had big dreams to make a
difference, had you told us in 1986 that within a generation I
would be standing before a young Rwandan woman charged
with overseeing her nation’s financial system, I’m not sure
we would have believed you.
In addition to being an enterprising nun, Felicula
Nyiramtarambirwa, along with two other cofounders of
Duterimbere, was among the first three women
parliamentarians in Rwandan history. Early in their
parliamentary tenures, while Duterimbere was just getting
started, the three women felt compelled to take on the issue
of bride price, a system whereby men presented three cows
to a potential father-in-law in exchange for marrying his
daughter. Felicula especially respected the power of
tradition, but not as an excuse for reducing women to
chattel.
The bill to ban the payment of a bride price passed
easily, but a backlash erupted. Rural women felt diminished.
In their eyes, their economic value had been decimated
overnight. Women and men across the country raised their
voices in protest, and many parliamentarians blamed the
outcry on the rashness of their freshmen colleagues. The
women parliamentarians had failed to understand the depth
of cultural practices in their own nation. They focused on
what could be, but neglected to recognize the world that
was, including the high-stakes realities of politics. In 1987,
just a few days after the bride-price fiasco, Felicula was
killed in a mysterious hit-and-run accident. Some assumed it
was a government-orchestrated killing. The murderer was
never found.
I mourned Felicula, and grieved over losing a person
who gave me a sense of belonging without consideration of
my tribe or religion or ethnicity. But if I had lost a chunk of
my innocence with her death, I also had learned the folly
and danger of unbridled optimism not grounded in the
realities of the communities we wish to serve. I grew in
understanding. And thanks to the elemental work
contributed by Felicula and others, our microfinance bank
expanded, reaching borrowers not only in Kigali but across
the nation.
Then, in 1994, the Rwandan genocide ripped the
country apart, resulting in the slaughter of more than a half
million people, mostly from the minority Tutsi tribe.
Shockingly, one of the cofounders of our beloved institution
of social justice emerged as a leader of that horrendous
bloodbath. After that, I couldn’t help but question all those
platitudes I’d heard about women being more nurturing and
caring than men. Some women, I’d think. Not all women.
Yet, soon enough, like shoots of fragile flowers creeping
upward through granite cracks, a small group of women
leaders came together from across the country to put
Duterimbere back together again. The quiet, resolute
actions of these women who had lost everything but hope
rekindled their resilience and helped repair the nation’s
broken heart.
Thirty years later, not only is Duterimbere surviving, but
it is thriving, and continuing to play its part in Rwanda’s
remarkable recovery. And though the history of the
country’s first three women parliamentarians ended
tragically, Rwanda now has the highest percentage of
women parliamentarians of any country on earth.
Back in Kigali on that night in 2016, I reconnected with
the memory of Felicula, who had started work she could not
complete in her lifetime. She was taken too early, but her
work continued anyway—because she cared, fought fiercely
for her convictions, and brought others along with her. I was
reminded that every one of us stands on the shoulders of
those who have gone before, that every one of us has a
chance to build on the collective knowledge of remarkable
human beings, their achievements, the principles they
cherished. And I was there to reassure myself that we have
infinitely more knowledge, connection, tools, skills, and
resources to tackle the world’s injustices today than we did
back in Felicula’s time.
Or at any other time in history.
The poet T. S. Eliot wrote, “We shall not cease from
exploration, and the end of all our exploring will be to arrive
where we started and know the place for the first time.”
That night in Kigali, I renewed my commitment to working
toward dreams so big that they may not be completed in my
lifetime.
And I resolved to write a love letter of sorts to anyone
daring to take action in our deeply flawed world.
We are made from what came before. We make
ourselves out of the promises that lie ahead. And we are
always in the process of becoming.
When I lived in Rwanda as a younger woman, cell
phones, the internet, and social media had yet to be
invented. I listened to the news twice daily via the BBC on a
shortwave radio. It was a world of separation: separate
nations, religions, ethnicities, tribes, and genders. Though
that world was terribly unequal and unfair—nearly 40
percent of humanity subsisted on less than a dollar a day—
most of us were blissfully unaware of what was happening in
other parts of our own countries, let alone what was
happening on other sides of the world.
The revolutions in technology and globalization in the
past three decades have changed everything. The rate of
extreme poverty has fallen to 10 percent and cell phones
have connected nearly every individual on the planet. We
can see into each other’s living rooms and gain a view into
one another’s lifestyles. Rights for human beings—and
nonhumans—are expanding. On so many dimensions, the
world has gotten better.
Yet, the same forces that have shaped this world—
technology and shareholder capitalism—hold within them
the potential to destroy us. We are dangerously unequal and
divided. We collectively face the ultimatum of our climate
emergency. And many of the institutions devoted ostensibly
to improving the lives of the many, not the few, are broken,
yet we have not envisioned their replacements.
We need a new narrative. We are too entangled to abide
worldviews based on separation, nor can we look to simple
technological or market solutions. Those stories have run
their course. We will be so much richer, productive, and
peaceful if we learn not only to coexist but to flourish,
celebrating our differences while holding to the
understanding that we are part of each other, bound
together by our shared humanity. That narrative will come
not from above but from all of us.
What we need is a moral revolution, one that helps us
reimagine and reform technology, business, and politics,
thereby touching all aspects of our lives. By “moral,” I don’t
mean strictly adhering to established rules of authority or
convention regardless of consequence. I mean a set of
principles focused on elevating our individual and collective
dignity: a daily choice to serve others, not simply benefit
ourselves. I mean complementing the audacity that built the
world we know with a new humility more attuned to our
interdependence.
Of course, the very notion of moral revolution is a tall
order. Some might call it naïve. But I am not writing with
wide-eyed idealism. Over three decades I have fought many
fights for social and economic change. Much of this time has
been spent building Acumen, investing in social
entrepreneurs who seek to provide essential goods and
services at affordable prices to people living in poverty. The
work has given me a front-row seat to the realities of
making sustainable change in some of the most challenging
places on the planet. What I’ve learned from these
individuals has deeply inspired me; and I want to pass on
those lessons, because they apply broadly.
None of this is easy, of course. I have accompanied
hundreds of change agents through challenges and
sometimes crushing defeats. My face wears the lines of
failures, losses, and far too many sleepless nights.
However, hard battles do not account for all my face’s
creases. Some are etched from smiles and laughter shared
with people who insisted on striving for freedom,
opportunity, and justice against all odds. I have partnered
with good people who have changed their communities,
their companies, their nations, and ultimately, themselves. I
have witnessed people making what others might consider
hopelessly romantic dreams come true—and true not just
for a few, but for millions (in some cases, hundreds of
millions). The actions of these people, not their slogans or
pretty words, have kept alive for me the ideas of purpose, of
impact, of dignity, of love—all separate points on a moral
compass.
A new generation is rising, one that is more conscious of
how they live, what they buy, and where they work. Many
are unwilling to work for companies unless those companies
are committed to sustainability and recognize that with
power must come accountability. And a growing number of
companies are listening. I’ve been heartened to see some
CEOs move to stakeholder models, partly in response to
prompting by their younger employees, and because they
themselves recognize the need to change. If you are
working in a corporation, you have ample opportunity to
act.
Cynics might point to a system of governments,
corporations, and technologies so broken that attempts to
change it from the edges are futile. But cynics don’t build
the future. Instead, they often use their jaundiced views to
justify inaction. And never before have we more desperately
needed their opposite—thoughtful, empathetic, resilient
believers and optimists on a path of moral leadership.
This book assumes that you are interested in being part
of world-changing human capital that will help solve
problems big and small. Maybe you are a teacher or a
communicator, an activist or a doctor, a lawyer or an
investor, or some new force for positive change. I have seen
people like you alter the lives of schoolchildren and street
children, refugees, the formerly incarcerated; of people
living in forgotten communities and in places ravaged by
war, poverty, or toxic industries. I’ve witnessed you not just
doing but improving the often-unseen work of serving the
sick, healing the heartbroken, sitting with the dying to
remind others that they, too, are good and worthy of love.
Or you might be a philanthropist. The hard work of
changing systems requires financial resources. And just as
there is a new generation of entrepreneurial individuals
focused on solving complex issues, so there is a new
generation of philanthropists, men and women willing to
give not just money but time, commitment, connections,
and big parts of their hearts and minds.
Change is the domain of all of us.
In every country on earth, people are refusing to
acquiesce to the exhausting, deadening news cycles filled
with catastrophe and cynicism, seeking to make good news
instead. These people are deliberately expanding their
circles of compassion, reaching across lines of difference
with a quiet strength forged in all that we have in common.
Our problems are so similar, so solvable. And we are better
than we think we are.
Those I’ve known who’ve most changed the world
exhibit a voracious curiosity about the world and other
people, and a willingness to listen and empathize with those
unlike them. These people stand apart not because of
school degrees or the size of their bank accounts, but
because of their character, their willingness to build
reservoirs of courage and stand for their beliefs, even if they
stand alone.
Of course, this kind of character isn’t built overnight. It
is honed through a lifelong process of committing to
something bigger than yourself, aspiring to qualities of
moral leadership, defining success by how others fare
because of your efforts, embedding a sense of purpose into
your daily decisions.
Change is possible. And because large-scale,
sustainable change is possible, I have come to see it as a
responsibility to be part of that change.
When it comes to a life of making change, there are no
shortcuts. It is hard work, but it is time well spent. And when
you reach the other side of the difficult-to-see tangible
transformation, it is like nothing in the world: a deep,
abiding sense not just of accomplishment but of joy.
I wrote this book because I believe that our fragile,
unequal, divided, yet still beautiful, world deserves a radical
moral rejuvenation. This revolution will ask all of us to shift
our ways of thinking to connection rather than
consumerism, to purpose rather than profits, to
sustainability rather than selfishness. We must awaken to
see workers not as inputs, the environment not as our
personal domain, and shareholders not as all-powerful. And
we need to move away from old models of doing what is
right for me and assuming it will turn out right for you.
If you are looking for a simple how-to guide or step-by-
step instructions for building a company or a nonprofit
organization, this is not the book for you. Rather, this book
is my attempt to bring forward and share the principles I’ve
learned from thousands of change agents, based above all
on the value of human dignity. Each of their stories makes
manifest the kind of moral leadership that looks to the
future not with blind optimism but with a hard-edged hope.
The people whose work I describe in this book have had to
learn to deal with ugly truths while singing songs of the
possible. They recognize that every problem is an
opportunity for us to act.
A manifesto is a public declaration of intentions. This
one is for all who hear the call of moral leadership—guiding
principles to dream and build a better world, coordinates of
a moral compass set by those already leading this journey
of change.
Hopefully, this is for you.
Chapter 1
JUST START
A few years ago, I spoke at a small women’s university in
the American South. After my talk, I had the privilege of
sitting with a number of the school’s top students. For
several hours, we talked about what was wrong in the world
and what each of us might do about it. “What do you dream
of doing?” I finally asked a bespectacled blond woman who
had been listening intently without uttering a word.
“I want to change the world.”
“How might you do that?” I asked.
“That’s the problem,” she said. “I have no idea.”
Tears welled in her eyes. For a moment, I caught a
glimpse of my younger self.
I remembered looking out at a world I wanted to change
and having no clue as to how to do it. I was at once wildly
bold and quietly frightened, feeling that a bull and a dove
coexisted inside me, worried that I lacked the skills or the
know-how to pull off my ambitions. And some of those
feelings continued even when I became more certain of
possible paths forward.
In fact, many of the words and questions from the
students that night sounded familiar. How can I be of use?
How can I find my purpose? Where will I make the most
impact?
When we look back on our lives, we construct sense-
making narratives of who we are and how we’ve chosen to
spend our time. But when we look forward, the path ahead
can feel overwhelmingly elusive. While the fearful student
and her friends pushed for answers, I could offer only
questions and a single piece of advice. For while there are
skills to gain and character traits to develop, there is only
one way to begin.
Just start—and let the work teach you.
Too many who yearn to make a difference become
paralyzed by the fear of leaping without having worked out
every detail. Yet the decision we face is not to chart the
perfect way forward; it is simply to embark on a journey.
Once we’ve taken a step forward, the work will teach us
where to take a second step, and then a third, and so on.
Purpose does not reveal itself to those sitting safely at the
starting block. In other words, you don’t plan your way into
finding your purpose. You live into it.
Childhood memories and reveries, however distant, can
provide clues to our innermost yearnings. As a little girl, I
read stories of the saints. They were printed on cards that
my beloved first-grade teacher, Sister Mary Theophane,
gave me for doing well on tests. Many decades later, my
friend the poet Marie Howe suggested that the stories of the
saints marked the first time we little Catholic girls read of
women who wrote the narratives of their own lives. The
saints were also the first people I encountered who lived for,
and were often willing to die for, an idea bigger than
themselves. Their resolution and valor infected me with a
desire to be of use; I wanted to be like them somehow.
When I was ten, my fifth-grade teacher, Mrs. Howerton,
introduced me to a row of biographies of heroic figures, little
yellow books hidden in a corner of the school library. There
I’d sit cross-legged on the floor and disappear into the
worlds of the abolitionist Harriet Tubman, the pioneering
doctor Elizabeth Blackwell, the human rights advocate
Eleanor Roosevelt, and so on. These women refused to be
limited by small dreams, and though I was not yet able to
point to a living example of a woman like them, they stood
as beacons of the possible, of lives lived to make a
difference.
But if I dreamed of becoming a warrior for love and
justice, my first job out of university hardly fit the bill. For
more than three years, I spent my days on Wall Street as an
analyst at Chase Manhattan Bank. Though I hadn’t planned
on becoming a banker, I discovered a delight in building
financial skills and in understanding the workings of
economic systems, not to mention the side benefit of
traveling the world. Until then, I had never left the United
States. That banking job took me to forty countries, and
exposed me to political and economic realities that I’d
previously only studied in books.
What I didn’t like about banking, though, was the way
our financial system excluded low-income people from
borrowing funds that could change their lives and contribute
to their local economies. Banks required borrowers to put up
twice the value of their loans as collateral, a requirement
out of reach for even the lower-middle class. The private
sector was set up to earn profits, not to ensure that multiple
stakeholders, especially the poor, were well served.
Understanding they had little chance of being part of the
mainstream financial system, most low-income people
dared not even walk through the doors of the major banks.
As the months at Chase passed, a yearning to do
something for lower-income people took root inside me.
That yearning was a clue to the thread I should follow, a
stirring driven by a growing sense of injustice and a desire
to contribute. A weekend in mid-1985 spent walking in the
favelas of Rio de Janeiro, conversing with hardworking
people about their aspirations and realities, convinced me of
what I already knew to be true: nations would develop
equitably only if their low-income citizens could save and
borrow.
Around that time, a friend showed me an article about a
little-known economist named Muhammad Yunus who had
started a tiny operation in Bangladesh called the Grameen
Bank. Grameen was part of a fledgling sector called
microfinance, which included the Self-Employed Women’s
Association, in India; the Bangladesh Rural Advancement
Committee (BRAC); and Women’s World Banking, in the
United States. These institutions made small loans (from
thirty to one hundred dollars, on average) to millions of low-
income people, mostly women, so that they could build tiny
businesses to support their lives.
Though only about ten years old at the time, the
microfinance sector already was yielding noteworthy results.
Grameen Bank had accumulated data showing that poor
women repaid their loans at much higher rates than their
wealthy counterparts. That got my attention. I started to
dream of leaving Wall Street to work in microfinance.
However, I first had to overcome my fear of diminished
personal income and an even stronger fear of my parents’
disappointment. I was raised the eldest of seven in a
military family and had had to pay my way through
university and take on debt to graduate. Chase had set me
squarely on the path to wealth and a vision of a future with
the bank was tempting. Also, a senior officer at Chase had
recently offered me a fast-track position that would give me
the chance to break barriers for women in the financial
world.
My father did not want me to pass up what he saw as a
once-in-a-lifetime career opportunity. My mother worried
that something bad might happen to me if I worked in a
developing country—or worse, I might never get married.
And, of course, neither of them wanted me to move to
another continent; parents want to keep their children safe.
It did not help that my friends worried that our relationships
would change, and some simply thought I’d lost my mind.
The small voice inside me was shouted down by the
cacophony. I was a born pleaser and cared about what
others thought. But this tendency naturally butted heads
with another side of me, which was daring, justice-seeking,
sometimes even reckless, determined to make a difference
in the world.
Somehow I knew that if I didn’t dare then, I might never
take the risk. Though only twenty-five years old, I could
already name peers who lived provisionally, promising
they’d follow their dreams after they paid off their debts …
or married … or got an MBA. Over time, their lives had
become more expensive to manage, making it even harder
for them to take the leap. I feared living a life of quiet
desperation, to quote Thoreau, and was hungry for a life rich
in adventure.
Some people felt wholly alive in the world of finance;
that wasn’t me. I needed to venture toward a different life.
Yes, I had significant student debt to repay, but I would
figure out the dollars and cents of it all later.
After a few months of research, I discovered what
sounded like an amazing opportunity: to work with
numerous fledgling microfinance organizations across a
whole continent, providing management support and
serving as an ambassador to women interested in using
small business as a tool for change. However, there was a
hitch: the job was based in Côte d’Ivoire, West Africa, not in
Brazil, where I’d hoped to work. If I was going to make a
sacrifice of career and income, I reasoned, I should sacrifice
for a place whose intoxicating rhythms and colors held
special appeal to me. I knew almost nothing about the Côte
d’Ivoire.
Alas, no opportunity in Brazil was on the table, and I had
to make a choice. I could focus on the substance of my
desire, to become a bridge between low-income people and
the world of finance, or I could obsess over my fantasy of
living in Brazil. I couldn’t do both.
The Jesuits have a powerful saying: “Go where your
deepest yearning meets the world’s greatest need.” I
yearned to contribute to the economic development of low-
income people, to learn about the world, to live in a new
culture. For whatever reason, the world seemed to need, or
at least want, me more in West Africa than in Brazil.
So, I took the job in West Africa. I just started.
I don’t mean to sound cavalier when I say “just start.” I
was lucky to grow up with parents who ultimately supported
my decisions. That is not the case for many who face heavy
implications for rejecting the wishes of their families, clans,
and religious leaders. Indeed, for some people, just starting
a conversation can take gumption. Moreover, there was
truth in my parents’ fears: bad things did happen to me, and
it did take much longer for me to tie the knot than they (or I)
would have imagined.
But no one escapes life without being wounded and
scarred; and I had multiple chances to wed, including when I
lived in Africa. Over the years, I came to see that there are
many ways to live a life. I was “enough” on my own terms. It
would take until I was forty to meet my husband, Chris, and
only then did I realize that I’d been waiting for the love of
my life.
Young people sometimes ask, “But what if I dare and
then fail?” I failed more times than I can count. I moved to
Côte d’Ivoire and was met with outright rejection from those
I had hoped to serve. Yet I learned from my failures, and
came to understand that to rule out failure is to rule out
success.
With each experience, the good, the bad, and even the
ugly, I added tools to my toolbox. More important, I honed
my understanding of myself and how others perceived me,
preparing to listen, learn, and work in partnership. I began
to comprehend that the world does not need another hero—
sustained change results from multiple heroic acts across a
community—and that it was my job to help others shine.
Of course, there are times when nothing seems to be
working, when you don’t understand what is going on
around you, and no one trusts you enough to tell you. But
what separates those who dabble in feel-good endeavors
and those who actually nudge the world forward has nothing
to do with intellect, connections, or specific skills. The ones
whose actions and ideas produce positive consequences are
the ones who stay in the game.
Try. Fail. Then try again. Follow the thread as it unspools.
Just start.
After my bumpy start in Côte d’Ivoire, I moved to Kenya for
a few months, where I continued to stumble in my efforts to
“do good.” Finally, in early 1987, when I was still twenty-
five, I accepted a three-week consultancy in Kigali, Rwanda,
to research the state of credit for low-income women. It
became clear that the only way to change the financial
standing of the women there was to build an institution
tailored to their needs. I didn’t slow down to ask myself who
was I to try to create a financial institution based on a
measly three years’ credit experience as a baby banker at
Chase. I saw a problem to be solved—the banking system
excluded people who were just asking for a fair chance to
borrow and contribute to the economy. And I was already
meeting extraordinary local women who would partner with
me.
Who was I not to dare?
Duterimbere, Rwanda’s first microfinance bank, which I
cofounded with Felicula and others, carved a lending path
for the country’s low-income women and touched the lives
of many thousands. It also changed my life, for good.
Experiencing firsthand the power of markets from the
perspectives of low-income women reinforced my belief in
using the tools of capitalism to enable individual freedom.
The work gave me new insights and skills. In 1987, I
witnessed how global market fluctuations caused local
coffee prices to plunge, devastating the livelihoods of 80
percent of Rwandan farmers—an episode that woke me to
the perils of unbridled capitalism. Had I not taken that first
leap from Wall Street, I would not have learned this. And
had I not persevered after failing in Côte d’Ivoire, I might
have gone home without confronting my own limitations or
discovering my truest gifts. We grow when we stretch, when
we are willing to embrace the uncomfortable.
“Just start” is a mind-set that belongs not only to the young,
but to anyone who hopes to remain productive, vibrant, and
relevant throughout their lives. No one taught me about the
elixir of self-renewal like my mentor, the venerable public
servant John Gardner. I met John during my first year of
business school, just after my initial stretch of work in Africa,
and he represented precisely the kind of leader I aspired to
become. Though I didn’t fully understand it at the time, I’ve
discovered that when you don’t know where to start,
following a leader who inspires you can be a powerful
strategy.
John started and restarted throughout his life,
participating in his generation’s most momentous decisions,
yet remaining free from society’s pressures to be what
others thought he should be. The sole Republican in
President Lyndon Johnson’s cabinet, John served as
secretary of health, education, and welfare during America’s
civil rights movement, during which he started the White
House Fellows program and launched Medicare, among
other initiatives. In 1968, he resigned his prestigious
position in protest of the Vietnam War and had to start
again.
Two years later, at age fifty-four, John founded Common
Cause, a grassroots citizens’ movement to hold government
accountable. And in 1980, he cofounded Independent Sector
to support the nonprofit sector. Though in his seventies
when I met him, John would go on to cofound a nonprofit
organization, now called Encore, that inspires older people
to just start again themselves by getting involved in service
organizations across the country.
John’s was a lived and practical wisdom. “The self-
renewing man,” he wrote, “looks forward to an endless and
unpredictable dialogue between his potentialities and the
claims of life—not only the claims he encounters but the
claims he invents.” He was a half century older than me, but
John’s enduring curiosity, his sense of possibility and
willingness to try made him seem the youngest person I
knew.
So, just start. Find mentors you can learn from, whether
in person, online, or in print. And let your experiences teach
you what you have to do next. All in all, it took me nearly
twenty years of apprenticing, putting new tools in my
toolbox, and expanding my understanding of the world
through jobs in banking, development, and foundations,
before my skills, aspirations, and networks came together to
create Acumen in 2001.
I was ready to just start again. I had a theory of how we
might revolutionize philanthropy by investing it as long-
term, patient capital in intrepid entrepreneurs daring to
build financially sustainable solutions to poverty where
markets and governments had both failed the poor. But I
didn’t have many proof points. I remember privately
thinking that I would spend three years doing all I could to
build a “blueprint for change,” and then decide whether
Acumen was an idea worth trying beyond that.
Luckily, I was part of a group of pioneering individuals
who were willing to risk their philanthropy and give their
time for an idea most considered crazy.
That early group cheered on every move forward. At
each step, the work, and sometimes the world, taught us
what we had to do. When the 9/11 terror attacks changed
the global landscape, my team and I decided to work in the
Muslim world. That same thread of human dignity that had
pulled me into microfinance drew my team to invest in
Pakistan, a place previously unknown to me. After ten years
of work in South Asia and Africa, we wanted to do more to
attack the poverty of inequality, and so we expanded to
Latin America and the United States. Each new geography
was a risk, each an adventure.
Each new investment deepened our understanding of
how the world works—and gave us confidence to push the
edges of our work even further. When our companies
identified the need for talent, not just money, we launched a
Fellows program to support entrepreneurial leaders. When
more people applied to become fellows than we could
directly support, we developed an online school for social
change. When we found ourselves unsatisfied with
conventional impact measurements, we created our own
approach to measuring what matters. One thing led to
another, each new step made possible because we had
started in the first place.
Nearly twenty years have passed with Acumen. When
we started, I couldn’t have dreamed the kinds of companies
we would help build: rule-breaking, yet highly successful
enterprises unleashing the potential of millions of low-
income people. I wouldn’t have understood the kinds of
partnerships needed to bring critical services not to just
some people but to all. And though we made a few false
starts, to be sure, because of our efforts and those of so
many others around the world, a new sector exists, called
impact investing. And a new generation has a newer, better
set of tools with which to reimagine and build models of
inclusive and environmentally sustainable capitalism.
All these years later, I am still just starting. I am honing
my purpose, clarifying who I am and want to become.
And I have found in the idea of human dignity a purpose
for which I am willing to live—and, if necessary, to die. And
that has made all the difference.
You may not yet have a crystal-clear sense of your
purpose. That’s okay. It will grow with you. But if you have
an inkling that you’d like your life to be about something
bigger than yourself, listen to that urge. Follow the thread.
The world needs you.
Just start.
Chapter 2
REDEFINE
SUCCESS
On the morning of India’s winter solstice in December 2015,
Ankit Agarwal could not have imagined that a bunch of
floating flowers would change his life’s trajectory. Ankit was
showing Jakub, a friend visiting from the Czech Republic, the
sights of his hometown, Kanpur, an industrial city known for
its textile and leather tanning factories, built on the banks of
the great Ganges, one of Hinduism’s most sacred rivers. The
two young men sat on the steps leading down to the
Ganges, musing on the meaning of life. As the two
conversed, thousands of the faithful and tradition-bound
entered the waters to mark the shortest day of the year with
blessings and ablutions—and flowers. It was a scene Ankit
had witnessed throughout his life, a colorful but blurry
backdrop to his days.
Despite recent success in his early career, Ankit was full
of angst. He was pondering aloud what it would take to find
contentment and success when Jakub interrupted him,
pointing to the river as if he’d not heard a word from his
friend. Little did Jakub know that his distraction would be the
key to Ankit’s destiny. “Why is India’s most sacred river so
polluted with an endless float of dead flowers?” Jakub asked.
Ankit had always taken for granted the sight of
marigolds, roses, jasmine, and other blossoms drifting in the
Ganges. Daily, millions of people across India brought
flowers and foodstuffs to Hindu temples as blessings for the
gods. Unwilling to desecrate these blessings by disposing of
them in the trash, priests dumped them in sacred rivers.
Rotting flowers and foodstuffs in the water was just the way
things were.
“But look at the scum of chemicals floating on the
water’s surface,” Jakub rejoined, surveying the clothed men
and women wading in the river. “And imagine what those
pesticides and chemicals emanating from the flowers are
doing to those believers as they wade in carcinogenic
water.”
At first, Ankit shrugged off his friend’s observation. He
knew the Ganges was highly polluted; he had even visited
some of the factories along the river’s banks. But the sight
of those riotous rotting flowers got under his skin. How, he
wondered, could a tradition considered so essential and so
gentle have such ugly ramifications? And how bad could it
be?
That moment awakened Ankit’s curiosity and offered
him a thread to follow, one that drove his sense of
possibility and unleashed his powers of innovation. The
deeper he dove into the question of solving the “flower
issue,” the more he began to open himself to a more
profound meaning of success. And for him, the timing was
right.
Four and a half years earlier, Ankit had reported to his
first job after university as a newly minted engineer. Waiting
in the company’s reception area, he had noticed a wall filled
with portraits of every employee who’d won patents. “I want
this. I want my picture there,” he told himself. Success, or at
least happiness, began to look like a portrait with a metal
plate inscribed with his name.
So, Ankit drove himself relentlessly, staying late to
complete tasks, often sleeping in the office. Just three years
later, he became one of the youngest engineers in the
company’s history with a plaque on that wall. The whole
team applauded.
Then a strange thing happened. “Instead of jumping
with happiness, it was as if suddenly everything seemed
meaningless,” Ankit explained to me in an email. “I started
to ask what I wanted to do in life, and began to feel the
whole rush was meaningless.”
There had to be more to life than prizes, awards, titles,
or salaries. At age twenty-five, Ankit understood that his
success would come only from focusing on a “challenge that
would improve lives or the earth, really, anything that would
bring about real change.”
Those flowers floating in the river transformed into
blessings for Ankit. Here was a chance to solve a problem
that mattered. Changing the ancient practice of dumping
flowers into the rivers would require confronting a status
quo solidified over many generations. Ankit knew he would
go from being viewed as successful to being considered
crazy by some. But he had attempted the conventional
route to success and found it less than fulfilling. Now he had
a chance to redefine success for himself. Crazy might be just
the ticket.
In researching the “temple flower problem,” Ankit
discovered that Indians discarded more than eight million
tons of flowers yearly into rivers such as the Ganges. The
flowers are covered in a variety of pesticides, including
arsenic, lead, and cadmium, all of which contribute to water-
borne diseases. The more complex the problem revealed
itself to be, the less Ankit connected success to himself and
instead focused on changing the entire system.
He partnered with his best friend, Karan Rastogi, to
create Phool, a company that would solve multiple problems
at once. Phool, in Hindi, means flower. Success to the
company meant the improved health of the Ganges,
measured by the number of tons of flowers the company
was able to retrieve from the temples. Success would also
be measured by the number of jobs the company created,
and particularly by the quality of jobs for disadvantaged
people.
To realize these elements of success required a for-profit
model, according to the two entrepreneurs, one that
ensured financial sustainability and attracted enough capital
to meet the scale of the problem they were trying to solve.
Profits were an important indicator, but the true measure of
their venture’s success would be its impact on all
stakeholders, including employees and the earth.
And, of course, customers. To this end, Ankit and Karan
needed a salable product. They reasoned that a growing
group of consumers was interested in products built on
principles of the circular economy, systems that removed
“waste” from the production cycle by finding ways to reuse
and repurpose it. Ankit and Karan asked themselves what
they could produce from the flower waste that people would
want to buy, and how that product would improve people’s
lives. They spent eighteen months listening to potential
customers and trying to understand what they might value.
One ingenious product they settled on was incense
sticks. Used for cultural and religious practice, incense is
burned daily in many Indian households; however, the
majority of sticks are made from charcoal, which negatively
affects respiratory health. Ankit and Karan reasoned that
they could use what was already being treated as waste to
make flower incense sticks that were healthier and of lower
cost. The flower incense sticks would require minimal skills
to produce and would embody the spirit of the temples from
which the flowers came.
Phool now collects about ten thousand pounds of
flowers daily from Kanpur’s temples. The company provides
each temple with large bins, which are routinely picked up
and taken to a plant, essentially a warehouse and drying
area. To eliminate the flower waste’s toxicity, the company
sprays it with an organic Bioculum. Scores of women then
separate the petals to transform dried organic waste into
incense sticks and warming compost.
As part of their commitment to sustainable business
practices, Phool’s founders dedicated themselves to hiring
women from the manual scavenger caste, one of the most
marginalized groups on earth. Though the caste system is
technically outlawed in India, more than three-quarters of a
million “scavengers” are still consigned to removing
untreated human waste (using flimsy tools such as
cardboard, tin plates, and buckets) from toilets and pit
latrines, which they then must sometimes carry several
kilometers before reaching a disposal site.
These “scavengers” suffer extreme prejudice, often
living at the margins and carrying a heavy yoke of poverty.
Especially in the company’s early years, the Phool founders’
commitment to hiring women from this caste added
complexity and cost to building their business. The
scavenger community was located at the edges of town, so
the company sought to hire a bus to transport the women to
and from work. But it took two months to convince a bus
company to drive them. Then, when the owner of Phool’s
first rented space got wise to the employees’ caste, he
destroyed the factory’s equipment and summarily threw the
company out.
Though Phool sustained devastating financial losses,
Ankit and Karan started over, persisting through clenched
teeth. Ankit’s dream of success had evolved from the days
when only traditional honors mattered to him, and the
founders weren’t going to be cowed by other people’s
narrow-mindedness. As the level of difficulty rose, so did
their commitment to realizing their dream.
In January 2018, Acumen’s India director Mahesh
Yagnaraman and I visited Ankit, an Acumen fellow, at his
factory. Wearing a black leather jacket and jeans, he greeted
us in the open-air courtyard of his factory, where rows of
women sat on tiny plastic stools, concentrating as they
sifted through tangerine, bright yellow, and white flowers.
Inside the warehouse, other women stood in long lines
rolling incense sticks with speed and precision. I tried my
hand at rolling the sticks, and gained instant respect for the
women who worked at Phool. Meanwhile, the women
couldn’t stop laughing at the mess I made.
Our little Acumen group sat for a while in a small room
that abutted the courtyard with Ankit and his wife, Ridhima,
discussing Phool’s business fundamentals. Ankit spoke with
both toughness and tenderness, making it clear that Phool’s
mission to clean the rivers and provide dignified jobs drove
every decision the company made. Only then do they make
the numbers work, understanding that it may take a long
time to build a profitable business that stays true to all its
goals.
The company is committed to its employees first. In
addition to providing daily transport, Phool pays well,
provides health insurance, and serves the women tea twice
daily. It also encourages the women to take a bottle of clean
water home to their families at the end of each day. I asked
Ankit why he sent the water home with them.
“Society reminds these women nearly every moment of
their lives that they are outcastes. They are unwanted. But
when you can drink the same water as others do, finally you
can feel equal,” he responded.
We soon moved to the courtyard outside the warehouse,
where a vibrant, multicolored carpet of flowers had been
laid out for drying. A group of women sitting by the flowers
had taken a break for lunch. I requested to join them and
asked how their lives had changed since working with Ankit
and Karan. “I love coming here,” said a freckled woman with
smiling eyes, her hair pulled back. “Before this company, I
had to move from house to house for work and never feel
respected.Life was very difficult. Here, we learn new skills.
We’re with friends.”
Another jumped in: “This is the first time anyone has
tried to teach us something. Sometimes I worry that I’m not
learning fast enough. But these people believe I can do it,
and that gives me confidence. I’m bolder now at home and
in my community. I’m able to keep up with school fees for
the first time, too.”
Another woman added, “I bought my family our first
television, and now the neighbors come over to my house to
watch.”
A fourth chimed in, stating, “They respect us in this
place. We don’t have to sit on the ground.” I told her I didn’t
understand. “This seat,” she said, pointing to the two-dollar
plastic stool beneath her, “is the first one anyone has ever
offered to me.”
As our discussion continued, the women avoided any
talk of caste, understandably distancing themselves from
all-too-recent humiliations and heartbreaks engendered
from belonging to a group deemed “untouchable.” They
euphemistically referred to their past jobs cleaning up waste
as “domestic work,” and quickly steered the conversation to
their present states of happiness. I was touched by the
women’s gratitude for the opportunity of decent work that
entailed neither degradation nor abuse.
A woman in a caramel sweater over a yellow kurta,
quiet till then, added her voice to the conversation. “It is so
good here,” she said. “We feel fresh being around the
flowers. I like the smell. And it is good that our work brings
blessings back to the gods.”
She was referring to the virtuous cycle of these flowers,
collected from temples and converted into incense sticks
before being returned to the temples as a second round of
offerings. The woman did not mention that many
households that purchased the sticks would nonetheless
refuse to allow the women who produced them to enter
their homes.
“Is there anything you would change at the company?” I
asked.
The woman with smiling eyes responded, “I only want
this place to succeed. We must work hard here to help it
grow. That’s all. I only worry that one day it might move
from here.”
By then, Ankit had walked up, himself a paradox of
presentation and values. His somber mien belied the
tenderness with which he spoke to the women. “We’re not
going anywhere,” he assured them gently.
To some, Ankit and Karan’s choice of whom to hire and
how to manage those employees seemed noble but,
ultimately, misguided. It is challenging to make any
company profitable, and they could have taken a much
easier path to building a business. But Ankit and Karan
define success in terms that include more than money.
Imagine the women gossiping and laughing as they
travel in the bus driven specifically for them. Consider what
it might feel like to have tea served to you when you’ve
been considered less worthy than other people your entire
life. Or the joy that comes from earning enough money to
experience a level of self-reliance you’ve never before had.
Picture their children, who now receive fresh drinking water
each night, some of them for the first time. Laughter,
respect, the security of productive work, a sense of
belonging, dignity—these are things that matter the most to
our experience as human beings, yet our financial and
economic systems too often fail to acknowledge them when
calculating “success.”
Although it may take time to change ancient practices,
Phool is using modern market incentives grounded in moral
values. This combination of fundamentals bodes well not
only for the company’s long-term financial sustainability but
for a sense of shared success. The temple priests feel proud
that they no longer are polluting rivers in the name of the
gods. The men who collect the flowers have good, decent
jobs. The rivers are cleaner, making the pilgrims who bathe
in the Ganges and other rivers less likely to fall sick. And
consumers know that by purchasing these high-quality
goods, which have been produced sustainably, they are
providing jobs and dignity to some of the most
disadvantaged women in India. That is the kind of success
everyone can feel good partaking in.
Success doesn’t just wait for us on a distant horizon.
Success is within all of us, waiting for us to live into it. It
exists in the beauty we create, the goodwill we offer, the
ideas we spread, the causes for which we stand, and the
lives we help transform. It shows up in the health and well-
being of our children, our communities; in the way we love
the world and one another. Even if this particular venture
fails, Ankit is already a very successful man, allowing
curiosity and a desire to serve others to guide his life
choices.
Of course, the notion of redefining success rubs against
the status quo. Humans are status-seeking beings. We yearn
to be accepted, respected, loved. Our current systems
(economic, political, and social) reinforce a definition of
“winning” based on money, power, and fame. Rather than
being rewarded for what we give, we’re too often affirmed
by what we take.
What if our Golden Rule were not only “Do unto others
as you would have them do unto you” but also “Give more
to the world than you take from it”? That would change
everything. If enough of us pursued that path, the world of
inequality, exploitation, and injustice would slowly be
replaced by a world of inclusion, fairness, and dignity.
The point is this: We are the system. We decide how to
define success, and we can reject purely individualistic
terms. There is much to learn from cultural approaches that
value sustainability over economic progress, or that build in
practices to keep the community more equal. Shiroi Lily
Shaiza, an Acumen fellow from Nagaland, a state in
Northeast India, shared with me how her ancestors
practiced “the feast of merit.”
“When a community member earned significant wealth,
he would be required to host enormous feasts for the
community,” she said. “The person would consider it the
highest honor. He would be entitled to wear a special cloak
and ornament his house to signify his high social standing.
And the villagers revered that person as the pinnacle of
success, especially those wealthy people who, by the end of
their lives, had given everything away.”
Every generation has the opportunity to renew the
values, systems, and structures that define their societies,
and to jettison those that no longer serve. The most
enduring systems are those grounded in fundamental
values based on human flourishing. We can disagree on the
specifics of what humans need to succeed, but if our
starting point is an environmentally sustainable world that
enables all its inhabitants to flourish, then we’ve got the
foundation for a moral framework. Unequal systems persist,
yet they can be reimagined and reformed when people
muster enough awareness and collective determination to
do something about them.
It goes without saying that systems do not change
overnight. In the meantime, the world needs brave people
to create models of companies, organizations, schools,
religious institutions, hospitals, prisons, and governments
designed for a world interdependent and environmentally at
risk. The best will drive themselves relentlessly, exposing
their hearts to the world, understanding that others’
resistance to change is part of the deal we make when we
sign up to reject the status quo. Setbacks are inevitable, yet
as most anyone who has ever tried to change anything will
tell you, it is the difficult, not the easy, that underlies those
accomplishments that ultimately imbue our souls with the
kind of success that sustains.
Sometimes, when we are pursuing intrinsically-driven
accomplishments, progress can feel so unbearably slow that
even those who have already redefined success for
themselves must reevaluate before renewing their
commitment to the work they know is right for them. Benje
Williams spent 2011 in Lahore, Pakistan, as an Acumen
fellow building an outreach team for a drinking water
company that served local slum areas. Less than 5 percent
of Pakistani youths are educated beyond high school, and as
Benje explained, “I was unprepared for the difficulty of
hiring a workforce trained not just in technical skills but in
critical life skills.”
Benje began to dream about building a leadership and
workforce development institute that would train millions of
young unemployed and underemployed Pakistanis—part of
the “youth bulge” defining Pakistan and most of the
developing world. (Sixty-four percent of Pakistan’s
population is under age thirty, the highest percentage of
young people in the world.)
“Pakistan’s youthful generation is a national asset,”
Benje explained during one of my visits, “but only if young
people are able to obtain the necessary skills to widen their
opportunities. Otherwise, an untrained, excluded, and
frustrated youth population will pose a serious problem for
the country and beyond.”
A few years subsequent to his Acumen Fellowship
experience and after earning a degree from Stanford
Graduate School of Business, Benje returned to Lahore and
founded Amal Academy, a nonprofit leadership organization
to train first-generation graduates from secondary- and
tertiary-level universities and place them in good jobs.
This work challenged Benje on every front. He was a
foreigner with no financial resources of his own, there was
no institution of its kind in the country, and those he served
had little or no income to spend. Nonetheless, Benje created
several partnerships that provided revenue and trained
hundreds of young people in the organization’s first few
years. His reputation for effectiveness was spreading, and
his commitment to his work made him beloved in the local
community. Yet, to Benje, something was amiss.
Despite meaningful progress, there are times in every
change-maker’s journey when questions and doubts grow,
multiplying like weeds until you feel you might suffocate. In
January 2016, three years after he founded Amal Academy,
Benje asked if he could come see me when he was passing
through New York. I invited him to join me for a 6 a.m. run
along the Hudson River. The bitter cold, windy morning was
matched by a heaviness in Benje’s usually sunny demeanor.
“What’s up?” I asked.
“I’m not sure we’re doing enough,” he said.
The statement stopped me in my tracks.
“I started Amal to change the education system, not
simply to help a few young people,” Benje explained.
I reminded him that “hundreds” did not constitute a few.
From my perspective, he was right on track, three years in,
building a business model that could significantly impact
lives and cover its costs. I’d always found Benje exceptional
in every way—relentless in focus, uncomplaining, effective,
always putting others before himself. I wondered what was
eating at his soul.
Then I remembered: when Benje studied at Stanford, he
was confronted by the lure of conventional success as
defined by outsized salaries and enviable job titles. Some
students there convinced themselves that they had
competed in a “meritocracy” and “earned” whatever they
got. But Benje lived with a different ethos. He understood
that the lottery of life puts humans in a great variety of
starting positions and that luck often trumps merit. Benje
yearned to be of use. To make the right career choice, he’d
had to limit his options.
“The only way I knew to stay true to myself,” he once
told me, “was to wear blinders during the job recruitment
season, and not apply for a single job. I didn’t want to be
tempted by a position with a huge salary. I even deactivated
Facebook and Instagram because the comparison game can
be so paralyzing.”
Many of us will repeatedly face the choice of whether to
make money or make a difference. And though you can
have both, there nonetheless will be times when you must
decide which value is of greater priority. Benje had gone all
in to serve the disadvantaged and make a positive
difference. Given how long it can take to create a significant,
sustained impact, for people with grand ambition, that
decision undoubtedly leads to moments of great stress.
“You’re doing what you set out to do,” I reminded him.
“Be proud of what you’ve built. Most people talk about
change. You’re doing it. And you’ve only started.”
I hated seeing Benje be so hard on himself. I also could
recognize my younger self in him. I, too, had gone all in for
a life of social impact, and I knew well the feeling that the
marketing genius Seth Godin “calls “the Dip,” that moment
(which can feel like forever) when the thing you think you
want to do has gotten so hard that you don’t know if it will
ever work or become enjoyable.
Problems seem much easier to solve from a distance.
New jobs seem easier to obtain; new organizations, easier
to navigate. But that is not how most turn out to be. When
confronting on-ground realities, our expectations regarding
not only results, but also rewards, both psychological and
financial, diminish.
There have been periods in my life when the work felt
so hard for so long that the Dip threatened to take up
permanent residence inside me. Those were not times of
crisis—for emergencies focus my energies. In those times,
like many entrepreneurs, I can muster the power to break
through walls. Instead, the Dip would present itself during
the doldrums like a weighty tumor growing thicker and
heavier, making even fairly minor tasks feel Sisyphean.
My blues hurt more because everyone around me
appeared to be doing fabulously. During my thirties in
particular—I was around the same age as Benje at the time
of our morning jog—I saw many friends from business
school go to work at technology start-ups likely to make
them wealthy or marry people who were themselves
financial success stories. If they didn’t have a powerful
career, they had a beautiful house filled with perfectly
behaved, well-dressed children. Single, without kids,
financially stressed, and unable to describe my work in ways
most could understand, I spent more than a few lonely
nights asking myself if I was enough.
Three years into something new is often just the
moment you hit the Dip: the excitement of your ambition to
change the world somehow fades into the reality of daily
frustrations and creeping fears. Staff members don’t show
up. Funders tell you they’d like to see more proof of your
concept, yet you need the funding to do the work that would
provide the proof. Parents and friends start to ask how
things are going, worried looks stretched across their faces.
You count the number of people you’ve impacted, and it
feels small, insignificant. Those moments can feel
devastating. But they also are precisely when to remember
why you are doing this work in the first place. Friends and
mentors, part of a successful life, help, too.
In the end, as Seth Godin writes, “persistent people are
able to visualize the idea of light at the end of the tunnel
when others can’t see it.” Dips are an inevitable part of life
as an agent of change. The key is to use them to enliven
and inspire a better future.
“Look, Benje,” I said. “You’re right. You are a long way
from denting Pakistan’s broken education system. That work
will require a lot of different people, and it still may not
happen in your lifetime. But don’t get paralyzed thinking
about the entire system. Do what you do well. Once you’ve
trained five thousand of those young people—who not only
will have good jobs but will demonstrate character, practice
lifelong learning, and feel part of something bigger than
themselves—you will have created a platform. And once you
have a platform, you can change the system. But first, build
something beautiful.” With that, we hugged and each
rushed off to our mornings.
When I saw Benje again in 2018, this time in Lahore, he
had built a small group of influential Pakistani backers to
provide financial support and mentorship, championing
Amal’s work. Amal Academy had grown into a team of thirty
young, driven team members, including ten of their
fellowship graduates. The organization had trained
thousands of fellows, and forged partnerships with
corporations and universities across the country. Benje had
started a podcast to spread the message that education is
about developing both character and critical thinking skills.
He and his business partner, Ali, had become sought-after
experts on developing workforces—employees as leaders,
as agents of change, rather than workers who simply follow
directions. Tens of thousands of lives are different because
Benje redefined success for himself, and navigated
uncompromisingly toward his north star.
That day in Lahore, I thought of a blogpost Benje had
written, sharing sage advice from a mutual friend: “The
question isn’t just what problem do you want to solve, but
how do you want to spend the next forty years of your life?”
A couple of years had passed since Benje experienced the
Dip. That gentle, brilliant man had become surrounded by
erudite young Pakistanis, each of them committed to service
and to building their nation from a place of values, with
twenty-first-century skills in hand, all of them looking to him
as a role model.
D.light, one of the companies Acumen has supported from
its beginning, has brought solar light and electricity to more
than one hundred million people across the globe. By all
definitions, d.light’s founders, Ned Tozun and Sam Goldman
(whom I describe further in chapter 4), are successful. But
their success goes far beyond the many lives their work has
impacted. By tackling one of the world’s great challenges,
the replacement of kerosene with clean, affordable energy,
the company has offset millions of tons of carbon, created
jobs for thousands of people who contribute to their nation’s
development, and laid the groundwork for a new market in
off-grid energy.
One of d.light’s sales agents is a young woman named
Everlyne. I met her in August 2017, in the city of Nakuru,
Kenya, as part of a visit to examine some of Acumen’s
energy investments. Sharply dressed in a black-and-orange,
collared d.light shirt, black trousers, and heels, her hair in
neat plaits pulled into a ponytail, Everlyne resembled any
young professional you might see in any city.
Everlyne confidently guided us on a thirty-minute drive
outside the city before stopping by the side of a dirt road.
Still in heels, she led us across muddy cornfields until we
reached a village that turned out to be hers. She beamed
with pride as customers in house after house told us how
their lives had changed now that they were able to switch
on a light at night, read, talk to their families—in short, do
the things most of us take for granted. By the time we left
the village, I had no doubt that this young woman was a
born salesperson, able to achieve anything she set her mind
to doing.
It wasn’t until we were in the jeep on our way back to
town that Everlyne told her own story of growing up in one
of the country’s most conservative tribes. “Girls in my
community were not permitted to attend schools. But my
father was different: he wanted me to study. Because there
were no schools for me at home, he sent me to another
village to live with my uncle’s family and do my schooling.
That time in my life was terribly lonely at times, but now I
understand that my education meant a difficult life for my
father as well: the other men in the village rebuked him for
educating me.”
I asked her what the men thought of her father’s
decision now.
“Now they tell their sons to grow up to be like Everlyne.”
In redefining success for his daughter, despite the
obstacles, Everlyne’s father changed the definition of
success for the whole village.
“And what do you dream for yourself?” I asked her.
“First, I want to ensure that I bring electricity to every
household in my village. I want to serve my community and
my country. Once that is done, I want to go to university and
study marketing so that I can start my own company.”
This African dreamer will not allow herself to focus on
individual goals until she fulfills her promise to serve her
community.
Thrillingly, there are people like Everlyne in every town
and hamlet around the planet.
No matter who you are, the world offers you a thousand
opportunities for deeper success. Daily, you might
encounter moments to teach the person in front of you as if
she herself could change the world, to listen with the
reverence that expands the soul of another, to help
someone who cannot help himself. At the end of your life, I
hope the world says that you cared, that you showed up
with your whole self, and that you couldn’t have tried
harder. I hope they say you helped those who had been left
out; that you renewed yourself, living with a sense of
curiosity and wonder; learning, changing, and growing till
you took your last breath.
In the meantime, we’ve got a world to change.
Chapter 3
CULTIVATE
MORAL
IMAGINATIO
N
About twenty miles east of the Blue Ridge Mountains and
home to the University of Virginia, in the early 1980s
Charlottesville was a town divided. The locals, many of
whom lived in an economically depressed area about a
thirty-minute drive from the university, saw the students as
rich and privileged. Many locals worked at UVA, where they
seemed either invisible to students or served as objects of
ridicule, one-dimensional figures with thick Southern
mountain accents and humble clothing that separated them
from students attired in the requisite Fair Isle sweaters and
khaki trousers.
In the fall of my second year at UVA, a popular fraternity
threw a huge party asking everyone to dress like a local.
The very idea hurt me to think about, and I didn’t attend.
But I also didn’t protest. Then, around Thanksgiving, I
chanced upon a flyer inviting students to donate Christmas
dinner and toys to a family in need. At least this was an
opportunity to do something positive. Inspired, my
roommate and I decided to host a holiday party and asked
everyone to bring food and a toy.
Our band of friends danced and made merry long into
the night. As drinks flowed, a large pile of playthings and
foodstuffs burgeoned beneath our scraggly Christmas tree. I
went to bed smiling, then rose just a few hours later to pack
up my roommate’s red car with a veritable Christmas feast,
complete with a turkey and all the trimmings, and a big
Santa bag full of toys for our “family.” We then took off for
the edges of town, a bit worse for wear but filled with
Christmas spirit and a drive to be of service.
In less than an hour, we arrived in another world: dirt
roads and trailer parks, a couple of gas stations, a
convenience store with a barely visible street sign. We
pulled into one of the gas stations to ask for directions to
the family’s home. I had trouble understanding the thick
accent of the attendant and was mortified to ask him to
repeat himself, though I wondered whether he had trouble
understanding me as well.
Without a road map, my roommate and I managed to
lose our bearings a second time. We pulled the car to the
side of the road, stopping a man clad in overalls, his head
bent downward and his hands in his pockets as he walked
along the street. To our request for directions, he responded,
“Go down that road till the end.” He wore a quizzical
expression as he pointed at a dirt road that appeared to
lead nowhere. “Take the second left and keep going till you
see a sign for Earl’s Woodshed. The house is right behind
that.”
Another few errant turns, past some stray dogs and
abandoned cars, and we finally found a big white sign with
“Earl’s” written in red. Sure enough, right behind it was a
humble shack constructed of slatted wood, with small
windows and a porch out front. I stared at the house and
suddenly, desperately, hoped no one was home.
Only then did I imagine how our presence might make
the family feel. Here we were, two hungover coeds with no
connection to this community, arriving from out of nowhere
with Christmas in a bag—or at least our version of
Christmas. Presumably, someone in the family had signed
up for this “service,” but we knew little about the lives of
the people we were hoping to grace with a visit.
And who knew whether they had a clue about us.
A wave of shame engulfed me. “I don’t want to meet
them,” I said.
My roommate looked at me, thought for a moment, and
then agreed. With the car still running, I took a deep breath,
opened the door, ran as quickly as my legs would carry me,
deposited the bags on the porch, and hightailed it back to
the car. We then sped off, driving in silence until we found a
diner where we could talk about what had just happened.
Our conversation ranged from somber recognition to
embarrassed laughter at our own ignorance. We’d
sleepwalked into a situation with the best intentions to do
something positive for our neighbors, though we’d lived in
their city for just over a year and they’d been there forever.
We were glad to bring fresh food and toys to a family that
might otherwise have gone without, but this kind of drive-by
charity felt wrong somehow, for everyone.
Years later, I’ve thought about what I might say to my
younger self about that long-ago day. I would commend the
instinct to make a contribution, however small. But well-
meaning acts of kindness are not enough. I would push my
younger self to move from the blanket statement “I want to
help disadvantaged people” to visualizing herself in the
shoes of those she wanted to serve.
This is where moral imagination begins. But it doesn’t
stop there.
Moral imagination means to view other people’s
problems as if they were your own, and to begin to discern
how to tackle those problems. And then to act accordingly. It
summons us to understand and transcend the realities of
current circumstances and to envision a better future for
ourselves and others.
Moral imagination starts with empathy, but it does not
content itself simply to feel another’s pain. Empathy without
action risks reinforcing the status quo. Rather, moral
imagination is muscular, built from the bottom up and
grounded through immersion in the lives of others. It
involves connecting on a human level, analyzing the
systemic issues at play, and only then envisioning how to go
beyond applying a Band-Aid to making a long-term
difference.
Moral imagination is the basis of an ethical framework
for a world that recognizes our common humanity and
insists on opportunity, choice, and dignity for all of us. Had I
approached the Christmas food and toy drive with moral
imagination, I might have started by learning about the
community and the realities those who lived there faced. If I
couldn’t spend time with the families we wanted to serve, I
could at least have asked for information beyond just the
children’s genders and ages, which was the only data
provided. And I might have tried to connect with the family
beforehand, ensuring even the barest of relationships. I
could even have asked to meet just the parents, so as not to
risk spoiling the children’s dreams of a magical Santa-
delivered Christmas.
Listening to voices unheard, a value I discuss in the next
chapter, is fundamental to the moral imagination. So is
gathering knowledge about those we intend to serve. If my
roommate and I were unwilling to gain such knowledge, I
should have found an organization with a long-term
commitment to the community and supported it so that it
could do a better job than we could do ourselves.
The world has changed dramatically in the thirty years
since that winter day in the Blue Ridge Mountains. For one,
technological advances have given us GPS, so that we rarely
have to ask for directions. And the divide between classes
has become a chasm. For the privileged, everything seems
possible: sending spaceships and inhabiting Mars,
enhancing human capabilities by merging with robots, living
forever. But this world of infinite possibility and space travel
can seem impossibly distant to those who feel irrelevant,
vulnerable, or just plain poor. And if the demise of easily
automated, repetitive work engenders dreams of growing
creative endeavors for the highly educated, the end of
stable employment may feel understandably precarious for
those without university degrees.
What is needed, whether you are working in high tech or
in low-income communities, is the moral imagination to
ensure that our future solutions and institutions are
inclusive and sustainable. That takes a particular kind of
capability, one driven by empathy, immersion, connection,
and the willingness to challenge the status quo.
One of the great privileges of my life is to work with
remarkable individuals whose leadership is grounded in
moral imagination. Gayathri Vasudevan of Bangalore, India,
is one of them, though I wouldn’t have guessed that when I
first heard about her company, LabourNet.
In 2012, Acumen decided to invest in education, but we
were having a hard time finding financially viable
investment candidates. A colleague suggested LabourNet,
which already had trained more than a hundred thousand
workers. I was skeptical: I’d seen hundreds of millions of aid
dollars spent on vocational training and “technical
assistance” (nonfinancial training provided by consultants,
usually), most of it wasted. Such programs tended to be
poorly run, with little focus on training workers in the skills
that hiring companies actually needed. That said, I’d not yet
encountered Gayathri Vasudevan, who, I would discover,
defined herself not by the size of her budget but by the
changed lives of those she served.
I met Gayathri on a construction site just outside
Bangalore in December 2014. LabourNet had undertaken a
contract to train workers there, and Gayathri planned to
introduce me to some of her trainees. Dressed in a black-
and-gold silk sari, her salt-and-pepper hair in a pragmatic
bob tucked beneath a bright orange construction hat, she
cut a memorable figure.
I laughed. “Do you wear beautiful saris to every
construction site?”
“Why not?” she responded with a smile that was at once
self-effacing and mischievous. “I wear saris daily. They are
just a part of who I am.”
I was glad Gayathri didn’t feel she had to be anyone but
herself. “Then, how did a nice girl like you end up in a place
like this?” I replied with a laugh, sensing already that I could
go beyond political correctness and be myself as well. “I’d
love to hear your story.”
“For the first three years of my career, I lived in remote
rural villages,” she began. “I was always interested in policy
reform for India, but I couldn’t bear the thought of trying to
influence policies from the safe perch of an office. I needed
to understand on-the-ground realities.”
Now Gayathri was singing my song. First step:
immersion.
“You know, Jacqueline,” she said, “I had my own
arrogant assumptions when I lived in the villages. I thought
the poor could solve their problems through
entrepreneurship alone. But spending time with people in
their own environments showed me a different reality. The
most vulnerable people tend to be risk averse: when you
live at the edge of survival, life itself can be a risky
proposition. The poor value the stability and predictability of
a consistent job. Most people, wealthy or poor, want to
avoid the potential windfalls and painful losses associated
with entrepreneurship.”
Gayathri continued: “Over the next decades, I also
witnessed well-educated Indians gain lucrative jobs in the
tech sector while three hundred million untrained, unskilled,
uneducated people were left behind with little attention
focused on them.” Armed with enhanced understanding,
Gayathri set out to reimagine a better system. She and her
cofounder, Rajesh AR, started LabourNet to take on the
massive problem of India’s unskilled and underemployed,
which includes 90 percent of the workforce. She was
realistic about the rise of automation, among other
challenges, but it hurt her to see employers treat untrained
workers as merely replaceable inputs.
As in many countries, the informal sector in India exists
beyond the realm of regulation or taxation. Informal laborers
may be self-employed street vendors, beauticians, domestic
workers, personal service providers, mechanics, bricklayers,
tailors, and the like, or they may work for the subcontractors
that form an increasingly complex web of the global
economy. These workers stitch fabric for hours at a stretch;
toil over vats of lye in leather tanneries, inhaling toxic fumes
without gloves and masks; or labor as bar benders,
ironworkers, or cement mixers, forgoing personal safety on
hazardous half-built construction sites.
These are the people too often hidden in the basement
of a global marketplace that demands faster, cheaper
goods. They are the invisible, the nobodies—and there are
more of them all the time. A constant wave of entrants into
India’s labor economy, nearly twenty million people a year,
makes this precarious situation even worse for those who
see no choice but to accept low-status, low-wage jobs at
high risk to their health and, sometimes, their lives.
Consequently, Gayathri has focused her attention on
giving informal workers opportunities to imagine and then
build more predictable futures with some potential for
upward mobility. Doing this required training and supporting
workers with the skills to help them navigate an
unstructured, unstable informal labor market. To achieve
this, she built structures where few existed.
“Shall we go up?” she asked, gesturing to a rickety
bamboo ladder nearby. We ambled up it, reaching the
exposed second floor of the concrete behemoth before
walking across an open platform, past pillars and piles of
concrete blocks, until we saw a wooden door with the
LabourNet logo on it.
Inside, in a small room, forty or so young men, most of
whom looked like schoolboys except for the telltale clothing
of their trade (jeans, neon orange vests, and bright blue or
yellow hard hats) sat five to a bench in front of skinny
tables. The construction workers fixed their eyes on
Gayathri, who walked to the front of the room and greeted
the men with a smile as they stood to welcome her.
Gayathri then proceeded to give a pep talk in Hindi, a
second language to most of these men, who had come from
the far reaches of the country. She told the men that it was
up to them to build skills that could lead to more control
over their lives. I couldn’t help but reflect on the fact that
these men were earning so little, living so far away from
their homes, working on a structure that would soon house
million-dollar apartments because of their sweat.
“Is this training really enough to change the workers’
lives?” I asked Gayathri after her lecture. And then I added—
lightly, for I know there must be days when this heroic
woman is daunted by the sea of unemployed young people
rising monthly—“or will the system inevitably grind them
down?”
Instead of answering, she suggested we speak with the
men themselves. A nineteen-year-old with dark brown eyes
and a fringe of black hair pushing out of his blue hat,
smartphone in hand, spoke confidently of all he’d learned.
“The training is an important start,” he said. “At home, I
couldn’t take care of my family from the farm’s income. Now
I send enough money for my children to attend schools. I
want my children to have better lives than I did. I want to
make them proud.”
“How far away from your family do you live now?” I
asked.
“Maybe two thousand kilometers,” he responded—a
four-day trip each way, if all goes well.
The earnest worker reminded me of my grandfather,
who immigrated to Pennsylvania from Austria as a young
man, married at twenty, and hauled ninety-pound bags of
cement each day to give his six children the chance for a
life he was not lucky enough to have. I thought, too, about
the correlation between the right kind of training and the
confidence it imparts. LabourNet’s ethos requires reinforcing
in every worker the notion that they are important enough
for someone to invest in them. Only when we dare to
believe that our future can be different do we have a chance
of making it so.
I wished the young man every success.
As I write this, LabourNet has trained more than seven
hundred thousand workers in fields ranging from
construction to automotive repair to tailoring. Yet, Gayathri
believes this training alone is not enough. From among the
workers LabourNet educates, her team identifies those who
are interested in entrepreneurial opportunities, and then
reaches out to help develop their ideas. The company has
already enabled more than seven thousand people to start
their own companies. I’ve met several of these
entrepreneurs, each of whom employs at least ten people.
LabourNet supports them, mitigating the risks of
entrepreneurship by connecting them with large companies
that need their services, whether they sew school uniforms
or distribute beauty products. In essence, the company
extends its “social capital,” or networks of connections, to
low-resourced but well-trained entrepreneurial individuals
who can, in turn, provide vital services and finally earn
levels of income that are commensurate with their efforts.
By immersing herself in the realities of low-income
laborers and using her moral imagination, Gayathri came to
understand the larger system of workforce development. As
her understanding and effectiveness grew, she gained
legitimacy and a voice that enabled her to advocate for
worker-oriented policies. LabourNet has influenced skills
certification and performance standards in a number of
sectors such as automobile, leather, and infrastructure. The
company has also played a role in prodding the Indian
government to include vocational training as part of the
country’s national education curriculum. Over time, Gayathri
has become a national voice for the unheard. Her work is an
example of moral imagination in action.
From urban India to post-conflict Colombia, moral
imagination is providing a springboard to creative solutions
that acknowledge the vulnerable and respect our natural
resources. The steps that effective, pragmatic, idealistic
change agents take, from empathy to action, tend to be the
same, regardless of how or where each story begins.
In 2009, Carlos Ignacio Velasco, a soft-spoken, whip-
smart young Colombian working as a representative of his
country’s coffee industry in Tokyo, met Mayumi Ogata, a
passionate chocolate connoisseur who had just completed a
four-year pursuit to identify the world’s finest varieties of
cacao.
After working for years in a premium chocolate
company, Mayumi had wearied of the toll the industry took
on farmers and the earth. More than 90 percent of the
world’s chocolate is produced by about five million
smallholder families, 90 percent of whom earn less than two
dollars per day. And 70 percent of cacao is cultivated in
West Africa, often through unsustainable farming methods
that have worn down the soil. Faced with these alarming
statistics, Mayumi sought new areas where high-quality
varieties of the cacao fruit could be cultivated more
profitably for the farmers and without harming the planet.
Of the many places she’d visited, from Indonesia to
Bolivia, Colombia ultimately captured Mayumi’s heart.
There, she found diverse, delicate varieties of cacao in a
number of regions. But these same regions also had
suffered a half century of civil war, and still bore wounds
from the violence of drug lords, FARC (Revolutionary Armed
Forces of Colombia) guerrillas, and paramilitaries. The lands
rich in cacao also are geographically isolated from
Colombia’s main cities, and education and skills levels are
quite low. Despite the risks, Mayumi assessed that
prospects for cacao production were phenomenal there.
Besides, she loved a challenge.
Carlos had already been thinking about what more he
could do to contribute to his country: those early meetings
with Mayumi in Tokyo set his imagination alight. If Colombia
could be known for some of the best coffee beans on earth,
he wondered, why couldn’t it also build a world-class
chocolate industry? After all, coffee was introduced to
Colombia from Ethiopia in the nineteenth century. Cacao, on
the other hand, was part of the region’s natural inheritance.
Moreover, the post-conflict areas of the country needed
deliberate investment in the land and its people if peace
were to flourish. What better way to contribute than to build
a company that would produce some of the world’s finest
cacao in partnership with local communities? Here, Carlos
believed, was a chance to demonstrate the power of
business, if infused with moral imagination, to produce not
just profits for the few, but prosperity and peace where
communities had for too long felt abandoned.
Carlos and Mayumi cofounded Cacao de Colombia that
same year, 2009, and began to work on building trusted
relationships with farmers’ groups in four different post-
conflict regions. This process would take years, but time
plus conscious effort infused with moral imagination enables
possibility.
In 2017, two years into Acumen’s investment in Cacao
de Colombia, I had the privilege of visiting a farming
community in the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, one of the
highest coastal mountain ranges on earth, located in
Colombia’s far north. There lie the ancestral lands of the
Arhuacos, an indigenous people known for their
commitment to living in harmony with the universe. In those
mountains, Mayumi had come upon an exquisite rare white
cacao guaranteed to produce some of the world’s finest
chocolate. She and Carlos dreamed of forming a partnership
with the Arhuacos to produce a world-class chocolate and
export a philosophy, not just a product, to the rest of the
world.
It was certainly not a given that the Arhuacos would be
interested. They had kept their traditions intact despite
terrors imposed by colonizers, drug dealers, and soldiers.
And they considered the white cacao a sacred fruit, no
longer cultivated or commercialized. Greed-oriented
capitalism posed a new threat. Carlos and Mayumi would
therefore have to earn the Arhuacos’ trust, designing a
transformative partnership—and that took time. The work
required starting with an understanding of local history,
customs, and values before proceeding with mutual respect.
As Acumen’s Latin America director, Virgilio Barco, and I
drove with Mayumi along Colombia’s coast to our meeting
point with the Arhuacos, I asked Mayumi how the
partnership had been built. How had she and Carlos and the
Arhuacos weighed what would be gained and what would be
lost by partnering to grow and commercialize the rare
cacao?
Mayumi spoke about the spirituality of the Arhuacos,
who believe in the interconnection of all living things. “I feel
a resonance with this idea,” she said. “I was raised with
Shintoism in Japan. We also see the connection between
ourselves and the natural world. Between my own belief
system and the Arhuacos’, I can count more than eight
hundred divinities inspired by water, wind, and earth. I
respond to their spiritualism. I respond to their worldview.
Our mutual understanding helped build trust. They could
feel both my respect and my connection to them.”
A spiritual connection is one way to transcend lines of
difference and locate commonality. Mayumi and Carlos
could also have connected based on other strands of their
identities (their love of nature, their commitment to
learning), but for Mayumi especially, spiritual bonds created
the basis for her deep curiosity and respect.
We arrived at a modest village nestled by the pale blue
sea where it greets a sudden rise of green, towering
mountains. I thought to myself: No wonder the Arhuacos
believe this place to be the center of the universe.
Mamo Camilo, a spiritual leader, and several of his
associates welcomed us warmly and guided us to sit with
them beneath a tree. The Arhuacos wear simple, homespun
white tunics and loosely fitted trousers. The men’s long
black hair cascades out of their white woven caps, which
symbolize the snow-capped peaks of the sacred mountains.
Mamo Camilo, distinguished and serene, though
undifferentiated in dress, clearly garnered the respect of the
other Arhuacos, who made way for him when he walked by
and hung on his words when he spoke.
The mamos (wise guides) exert powerful influence
within Arhuaco communities. Selected as boys, they train
for a decade, learning the philosophy of the Arhuacos, along
with traditional medicinal practices and the arts of listening
and arbitrating differences among people. The day I first
visited the Arhuacos with Carlos and Mayumi, the mamos
spent three hours with us, providing a master class in the
Arhuaco cosmology. The Arhuacos believe that nature and
society are united by a single immutable law of the universe
that has always existed and always will, even after human
beings have left the planet.
“We see your culture as the world’s little brother,”
Mamo Camilo said, with no trace of scolding. “Your people
think the land is for their pleasure alone. Ours is a
philosophy that must grow with maturity. We the Arhuacos
are the elder brothers. We come with understanding that we
must respect all living creatures of the earth. We seek
harmony. Now the land has given us the rarest cacao, and it
is to all of us to nurture and ensure its preservation.”
As Mamo Camilo expounded on the cosmology of the
Arhuacos, he modeled something else: how to own your
power. His confidence and worldview were essential
components of his negotiations. Though economically
“poorer,” his community was arguably richer in spirit and
happiness. And he understood that the Arhuacos had
something to give—not just materially, but in terms of their
philosophy. After acknowledging and affirming the respectful
way in which Carlos and Mayumi had entered negotiations,
Mamo Camilo shared some of his worries about partnering
with those who operate in a modern capitalist system. What
happens to the earth if we see it as a resource but not a
responsibility?
As we walked back toward the village center together, I
noticed some of the young men holding cell phones. I
wondered aloud how the tribe ultimately would draw the
line between needs and wants, and whether entering a
contract with the company might open a Pandora’s box of
temptations.
“We understand that we cannot live in the past,” Mamo
Camilo said. “To survive, we must engage with the larger
world. Today, our people need phones if they are going to
interact with others beyond the Arhuacos. We need a few
other essential things, like batteries and solar lights. And we
need to continually remind ourselves of our responsibility for
the earth.”
Then he added that they would not have made a deal
with anyone but Cacao de Colombia, because of an earned
mutual respect, but he added a caveat: “We will partner
only so long as our project does not disturb our balance with
nature. If we lose the balance, we will end the partnership.
Do you understand?”
“Yes,” I said. I believed I did.
This was a negotiation based not on extraction or profit
alone. The agreement between the Arhuacos and the
company was more covenant than contract, a moral
commitment to remaining accountable to each other, to
showing up, to listening. Spending immersive time together
had enabled each side to understand what the other needed
in order for the relationship to work. For the Arhuacos,
participation with the company was a means to sustaining
their community, enabling it to continue transmitting its
ancestral wisdom to benefit humanity. For Cacao de
Colombia, it was the opportunity to build a successful
business that valued human and natural resources, not only
financial rewards. Both community and company will be
changed by the partnership, just as any relationship of
equals changes both partners over time.
As the company grows and the Arhuacos become
wealthier as a tribe, pressures to conform to “business as
usual” and cut corners or demand faster growth will
inevitably increase. Finding values-aligned investors steeped
in their own moral imagination will be key. But had the
company’s founders not dared first to imagine what could
be, Cacao de Colombia would never have gotten started.
In 2018, the International Chocolate Awards, honoring
the best chocolates in the world, gave Arhuaco chocolates
gold and silver medals in the Single Bean and Micro-Batch
categories. This achievement was possible because of a
Shinto-observing Japanese cacao whisperer; a Catholic-
raised, Shinto-aspiring Colombian entrepreneur; and an
indigenous community adhering to a philosophy based on
oneness with the cosmos. Each had the moral imagination
to extend a hand to those who were different, seeking what
united them and bonding in purpose.
Moral imagination offers a powerful lens through which
to see the world’s potential, recognize its disparities, and
work to address them. Use it widely and practice it wisely.
Chapter 4
LISTEN TO
VOICES
UNHEARD
On a Sunday afternoon in 2015, I sat with my colleague
Bavidra Mohan in one of India’s thousands of red-and-white
Coffee Day shops. This one was on the corner of Carter Road
in Bandra, a trendy suburb in the western part of Mumbai.
We’d arranged a meeting with Vimal Kumar, newly elected
to the Acumen Fellowship in India. But it was a quarter past
the hour, with no sign of Vimal. I’d usually attribute such
tardiness to Mumbai traffic, but this was a Sunday.
I knew little about Vimal then, except that he hailed
from the same low caste, the scavengers, as the women
Ankit employed to transform temple flowers into incense
and other products. Unlike the women, who felt relatively
voiceless before working for Ankit, Vimal was an established
community leader with a megaphone. He was an activist
founder of the Movement for Scavenger Community, a
grassroots Indian NGO focused on improving conditions for
scavengers and standing for the rights of all people. He was
also earning a PhD, which seemed a Herculean achievement
to me. I wanted to understand what obstacles Vimal had
overcome, and how he had integrated his many facets.
There was much the world could learn from a man like him,
if he first understood himself.
The longer we waited at the coffee shop, the more I
wondered if Vimal might be waiting for us outside. Had I
missed him on my way in? The privileged tend to take for
granted our right to enter most places, including
department stores, banks, elite universities, upscale
restaurants, or even lines at immigration counters. For those
who have been shunned repeatedly, however, or even
“politely” informed that their kind doesn’t “fit,” nothing is
taken for granted. Though already a man of many
accomplishments, Vimal, accustomed to being unseen and
unheard, experienced “the rules” differently than I did.
I left the coffee shop and, sure enough, found him
standing outside, dressed in a yellow shirt and long
trousers, his face moist with sweat. I could have recognized
him from photos I’d seen of his broad, open face, his
penetrating eyes and dark hair parted neatly on the side.
But his smile was a dead giveaway.
“Hello, Vimal!” I said enthusiastically. He extended his
hand. I was unprepared for his soft, gentle grasp.
Instinctively, I pulled him into a hug, and was struck again
by his tentativeness. “Let’s go inside and get out of the
heat,” I said, and he smiled in agreement. As we were
walking into the cafe, I asked him what he’d like to drink
and eat. I pointed to the glass cabinets of croissants,
muffins, and sandwiches. Vimal insisted that all he wanted
was water.
Back at our table, Bavidra and I mostly listened as Vimal
shared stories of his childhood. He counted himself among
the lucky ones. Boys and girls from his caste were typically
denied education and rejected by schools. Sometimes
parents’ own fears—of rejection or failure—were enough to
keep children out of school.
Vimal said he considered himself fortunate to have a
mother who wanted desperately for him to learn what had
not been available to her. She cleaned the toilets at a good
private school whose headmaster allowed Vimal to attend
classes—provided he sit in the back of the classroom. And
though he loved learning, Vimal endured a lonely
separateness from the rest of the boys. Everyone knew he
was considered “untouchable,” and his status was made
more visible by the fact that he could afford only patched,
ragged clothes, in sharp contrast to the school uniforms
worn by the other students.
As he grew, so did his anger at the injustice of a system
that would deny his people the opportunities considered
normal for everyone else. When the first cable company
came to his area, everyone got access to satellite TV except
for those belonging to his caste. Vimal responded by
organizing a group of local boys to tear down every installed
satellite dish. When the company replaced the satellites,
Vimal, now a street fighter, tore them down again,
promising to continue the cycle until the company agreed to
serve scavengers.
“We weren’t asking for any favors,” he said. “We just
wanted the chance to pay like everyone else.”
When the company agreed to make the satellite dishes
available to everyone, Vimal felt vindicated. Though he
wasn’t proud of an approach that involved the destruction of
property, he internalized that the powerless can sometimes
engage the powerful and “win.”
I said that our fellowship focused on nonviolent
approaches to change, yet acknowledged that history is full
of incidences of violence and wars fought by frustrated,
resentful young men with few reasons to hope for their
futures. Vimal admitted that part of him was still motivated
by anger.
“Angry with the system in general?” I asked, “or with
specific groups of people?”
“I’m angry that so many people believed India’s
problems were solved when caste was supposedly
abolished. I’m angry that my community is denied
opportunities for reasons that have nothing to do with our
abilities and everything to do with the circumstances of our
birth.”
I could feel Vimal seething as he spoke, though there
also was something so gentle about him. I imagined the
warring parts of himself, his own bull and dove, the side that
could take on the world versus the side still battling the
weight of trauma and stigma. Where might he be complicit
in holding himself back? What beautiful parts from his life
experiences might he bring forth to offer the world? How
could our community help him unleash his potential?
“What are you going to do with all that anger?” I asked.
“I’m going to fight for change,” he said.
As we were leaving, Vimal thanked me for hugging him
when we first met. “This is the first time in my life,” he said,
“when I have met someone new and been welcomed as a
friend rather than interrogated as a stranger.” He went on to
say that Acumen was the first organization he’d
encountered where people actually physically touched him.
I was elevated by this opportunity to listen to Vimal
across so many generational layers of structures and
traditions intended to marginalize people like him. I felt
humbled by his humility and elated that he was now part of
our community. Yet, though I consider myself a good
listener, I realized only later that I heard only his emotional
hunger that day, and failed to hear what Vimal could not
say, failed to recognize how physically hungry he was. As
we were in a simple coffee shop and Vimal was officially part
of our fellowship, I had unmindfully assumed that when I
asked Vimal if he wanted food or drink, he’d give me an
honest reply, knowing that I would pay and that the bill
would not set me back much. What the poet Seamus
Heaney would call my “creeping privilege”1 collided with
Vimal’s utter lack of entitlement.
A few years after our first visit, Vimal admitted that he
had waited outside for me because he had no money in his
pocket. What if a server had asked him to buy a coffee or a
pastry? The thought of being seen as a loiterer panicked
him. Then, when I asked him if he wanted something to
drink or eat, he feared I might later request that he split the
bill. Though he’d not eaten in many hours, pride, or shame,
overtook his hunger.
Privilege can deafen us to those who feel less worthy or
valuable. Those for whom the system “works” can easily
become accustomed to the world rolling out a welcome mat
and learn to behave as if every place were our exclusive
domain.
Meanwhile, outsiders or those deemed “other,” who’ve
been told repeatedly that they are unworthy or don’t
belong, often internalize negative beliefs imposed on them
by others and make themselves smaller, unable to give
voice to their true feelings, opinions, or desires. If we want
to see someone more fully and demonstrate that we respect
him or her, we must learn to listen not just with our ears,
but with all of our selves—our eyes, the emotion we sense
in the other, our knowledge of their history, of their very
identity. Listening deeply and hearing all that is unsaid is
crucial to gaining awareness of self and of others.
It was another year before I had the chance to talk
directly with Vimal again. The time seemed to have changed
him. His unassuming smile was still there, but the anger was
gone. He described the various seminars he had attended,
how in the early Acumen Fellows sessions he’d start every
conversation by throwing a figurative punch.
“I kept trying to fight,” he said. “I didn’t know how to be
any other way. But none of the fellows would fight back.
Finally, I had to recognize that the other fellows were
genuinely interested in what I had to say. They wanted to
know me. When I finally paid enough attention to accept
their interest, to accept myself, I in turn wanted to listen
more to them.”
If privilege is a possible roadblock to deep listening, so
is clinging rigidly to an outsider identity. We risk holding
ourselves hostage to outdated stories of being unwanted or
underappreciated, failing to hear even direct invitations to
the proverbial table as an equal participant. Only when
Vimal allowed himself to believe that the other fellows saw
him as part of themselves could he in turn see those same
people as part of him. When individual listening is ingrained
in collective culture, the whole community is more likely to
shine.
Empowered by a sense of belonging and acceptance,
Vimal began to expand his trust to people beyond the
group, slowly taking greater risks. While running his
organization on behalf of the scavenger community and
studying for his PhD, he also started consulting on questions
of diversity for companies such as Microsoft. He broadened
his view of the world, standing for issues related both to his
caste and to other marginalized groups.
A few months later, in 2016, Vimal and I met again in
Mumbai, this time at the tail end of a weeklong Acumen trip
across India with a group of donors (or partners, as we call
them). My team wanted the group to meet not only with
Acumen investee companies, but also with the fellows, both
to understand the purpose of supporting such a diverse
cohort of emerging leaders and, we hoped, to forge new
friendships and reinforce the idea of a single community
bound by shared values.
The Friday afternoon sun was bright as about ten
partners and ten fellows gathered in Acumen’s offices, a
light-filled space above a major thoroughfare in Bandra. The
office windows, covered with shades in Acumen’s colors
(fuchsia, lime green, violet, and royal blue), overlooked a
handful of trees, though you could hear the sounds of auto-
rickshaws and cars jamming the streets below. The partners
and fellows were there to practice deep listening.
In an exercise inspired by the nonprofit oral history
project StoryCorps, we paired each partner with a fellow and
sent them on a walk along Carter Road, a path that winds
along the Arabian Sea. We hoped the chance to look
outward while moving side by side would soften edges and
enable more intimate exchanges.
Each duo was instructed to walk for half an hour as one
person listened to the other’s story (twenty minutes of
sharing, then ten minutes for questions); they would
exchange the roles on the walk back. A Swedish filmmaker
accompanied an Indian woman engineer; an American
business leader walked alongside an Indian schoolteacher.
The goal was to discover not what made them different, but
what they shared.
Back at the office, the group reunited. The air felt
electric. A number of attendees remarked on the rare gift of
having someone give you their undivided attention. Active
listening, we agreed, is one of the deepest forms of respect.
I asked each person to introduce his or her partner,
emphasizing any common ground they had uncovered. We
had paired Vimal with the American social psychologist
Jonathan Haidt, whose work focused on how we speak to
one another, in part because they were both so interested in
the role of culture in society. And as they were chatting
happily when they rejoined the group, I calculated that they
would be a good duo to kick off the discussion.
Jonathan offered to start. He smiled as he referenced
the good fortune of meeting Vimal, but his voice became
more serious as he spoke. “I know I’m supposed to talk
about all that Vimal and I share,” he said. “But truthfully,
our lives have little in common. I grew up in a privileged
environment as a well-educated American. My parents gave
me every opportunity and every advantage. My children
have even more privilege.
“Vimal,” he continued, “has had to fight disadvantage
his entire life. His mother carried human waste in a basket
on her head, cleaning the village and finally the school.
Vimal was allowed to attend classes, but his mother had no
idea how isolated he was. When he was eight years old, she
invited her son’s entire class to their home to celebrate
Vimal’s birthday. She cleaned and cooked for two whole
days, all the while imagining the joy her little boy would feel
with his friends celebrating him. But they waited all day,
and not a single student showed up.”
Jonathan’s eyes welled with tears. “I have an eight-year-
old son, and I can’t bear the thought of what it would mean
for him to be in a similar situation. No, you see, Vimal and I
aren’t alike. My life has been so easy in comparison.”
Vimal reached over, putting his arm on Jonathan’s
shoulder.
“No, Jon,” Vimal softly admonished, “there is much that
we share. You love India. I love India. We both have studied
marginal groups. We both have two children. Plus, you are a
Jew. You know what it means to be persecuted for no reason
other than something you were born into being. You know
how unfair and unproductive that is.” He paused.
“And besides”—now Vimal smiled—“we both have
PhDs.”
When we dare to meet another as a friend, willing to
hear painful and uncomfortable truths, we can discover the
parts of our identities that overlap. We can acknowledge the
other person’s—and our own—yearning to be seen. True
listening is more than the act of hearing another’s words. It
is the unspoken recognition of our shared humanity.
Today, we exchange more words with one another than
at any time in history. Yet how many people are really
listening? Not only are we distracted by our devices, but we
see leaders everywhere doing everything but listening,
becoming louder and shriller in their arguments. With those
who seem opposed to our views, we can be especially like
strangers, acting as if those who speak a different language
should easily understand our words. Our hearts and our
heads are divided at precisely the time when we most need
them to work in tandem.
Those in positions of authority—anyone whose words
might carry greater weight than the voices of others—need
to listen more, and not assume that because the rules work
for them, they know what works for everyone. Yet I’ve also
witnessed nonprofit leaders and entrepreneurs undervalue
the experience and knowledge of donors and investors
based on their own narrow assumptions.
Listening effectively can influence the way we perceive
others in all directions. Just as being poor says nothing
about a person’s character, neither does the bank account
that marks someone as rich. In the world of fund-raising,
I’ve witnessed grant or investment seekers categorically
write off the person who failed to approve their request
rather than take the time to listen to the former’s
constructive feedback. Strategically, as my friend and
founding Acumen board member Stuart Davidson says, “If
you want advice, ask for money. If you want to raise money,
ask for advice.” We all yearn to be recognized.
Markets, too, can be a powerful listening device,
efficiently allocating resources to places where customers
are saying most clearly, “We want this.” Think of it this way.
If I offer you a gift, how likely are you to turn it down, even if
it doesn’t quite meet your needs? But what if I treat you as
a customer? You and I might haggle over the price, but as
the seller, I will know a lot more about your likes and
dislikes, about where you want to spend your resources,
than if you were simply a passive recipient of my
benevolent intentions.
Yet markets fail the poor, especially those who lack
enough income to meet even basic needs. When it comes to
health care, education, drinking water, or housing, low-
income people desperate to address critical needs may
have no choice other than turning to moneylenders or
mafias for loans, often at usurious rates. The poor must
accept prices that are many times what the middle class or
wealthy might ever be required to pay. And though well-
intentioned charities might step in, seeing the pain points of
the poor, these nonprofits often bring the services they
believe low-income people need rather than the services the
poor truly require. Few stop to listen to what the poor
actually want, causing those in need to get stuck between
the cheats and the charities, their problems often
multiplying as a result.
It doesn’t have to be this way. A growing group of social
entrepreneurs is turning conventional models of capitalism
upside down and reimagining business from the perspective
not only of the wealthy, but specifically, of the vulnerable.
These entrepreneurs start by listening to the poor with the
understanding that we can solve our problems if we begin
by treating low-income people not as passive recipients of
charity but as customers who desire and deserve a greater
sense of agency to make their own decisions and chart the
courses of their own lives.
Consider the issue of electricity. Thomas Edison
developed the incandescent lightbulb in 1879 and
commercialized its production the following year. It has
been more than 140 years, and nearly a billion people on
earth still have no access to electricity. On the African
continent alone, more than six hundred million people live in
darkness once the sun goes down, losing productivity and
security as well as a thousand other things the rest of us
take for granted.
Energy poverty, as the gap in global electricity is called,
is not just a market failure. It is a moral failure. The world
possesses the technology, the know-how, and the financial
resources to solve the challenge of universal electricity. Our
individual and collective will has been the single most
important impediment to lighting the world. But this is
slowly changing as a small group of social entrepreneurs
combine exciting new clean-energy technologies with
financially sustainable business models that have opened a
path to electrifying homes of the poor while helping to avert
long-term climate crisis. The best of these of models are
grounded in values of listening and paying attention to
behaviors of low-income people as well as their words.
All people desire at least some level of light, and all
require a heat source for cooking. Most low-income Africans
still depend on kerosene-fueled hurricane lamps, a
technology America and Europe ditched a century ago.
Though a ten-billion-dollar market, kerosene as an energy
source is dirty, dangerous, and expensive, but that market
has remained strong because there have been no good,
affordable, accessible kerosene alternatives available to the
poor.
There are structural and practical reasons that kerosene
remains in widespread use. First, households are able to
acquire it in tiny amounts. In Kenya, for instance, the
average low-income household spends about forty cents a
day to light a hurricane lantern in the evenings. If a family
falls on hard times, they can skip a night or two of light and
purchase more when better times return. Second, because
such small amounts are sold at a time, merchants build in a
very high profit margin. Mafias, or predatory businesses,
control access to kerosene and often have strong ties to
local government officials. These officials use tax dollars to
subsidize the price of kerosene for low-income people in
exchange for votes. Kerosene is therefore widely available,
and often the only option a poor household has. It provides
energy for light, but at a high cost to the individual in terms
of income, health, and quality of life.
However, despite ingrained hurdles, any system can
change if we care enough. Sam Goldman and Ned Tozun are
two entrepreneurs determined to reject the status quo that
has kept more than 1.5 billion people dependent on
kerosene. And they know how to listen.
Raised in a household of aid workers, Sam grew up
mostly in the developing world playing with boys and girls
who, though woefully lacking in opportunity, wanted to do
the same things he did. After university, he lived in an
unelectrified village in Benin, West Africa, as a Peace Corps
volunteer. He saved money by wearing a small LED
headlamp at night so that he could read and go to the
outdoor latrine without suffering the effects of the
expensive, smoky kerosene that wreaked havoc on his
neighbors.
“For years, I accepted that a state of darkness went
hand in hand with village life,” he once told me. Until, one
night, a kerosene lantern toppled over in his neighbor’s
home, burning down the house and severely injuring the
eldest son.
Sam decided to do something. He began by writing to a
number of companies that sold portable lights, hoping he
might become a distributor. No one responded. His next
move was to apply to Stanford Business School with the
intention of learning how to start the company he could not
yet find. There, he met Ned, an engineer who had recently
worked in Malawi recording the stories of AIDS victims. He,
too, wanted to start a business that would empower the
poor. Both Ned and Sam understood the system that kept
people in poverty as it was, but they focused instead on
what could be done to change it.
Many young entrepreneurs might have been
overwhelmed by the complicated dynamics of low-income
markets. The most economically disadvantaged live in
places dominated by vested interests engaged in the
“industry” of poverty—not just local mafias, but local
politicians, who often have a personal stake in controlling
the funds allocated for a community or region; religious
leaders; and even mothers-in-law who often prefer to
maintain their own privileged status within a social system
that, though broken for most people, works for them. But in
such a corrupt and complicated system, there is almost no
top-down way to solve a problem like electricity access.
From the start, Ned and Sam’s entrepreneurial
advantage was embedded in their experiences in Africa and
their respect for the poor as customers. They started small
and listened closely, all the while imagining the world they
hoped to create. While still at Stanford, they developed a
single prototype for a solar-powered lantern.
In 2007 when Sam and Ned first brought their idea to
my team at Acumen, we didn’t have a lot to work with. Their
business plan for a company called d.light rested on their
assumption that they could sell their lantern for thirty
dollars, the two reasoning that if the average household
paid about forty cents daily for kerosene, it would take them
less than three months to save up for the lamp. The young
entrepreneurs had built some networks, but it was their
character that ultimately convinced Acumen to invest. Our
intuition told us that they were seekers like us, driven by the
right ideals and prepared to back those up with grit.
The d.light founders listened right from the outset. They
asked their customers for ways to improve the product itself
—though at first they learned very little. Real listening is not
a onetime event. If you want to build a solution for a group
that has traditionally had no voice, be prepared to listen
continuously. It may take you longer than you think to hear
what people are actually saying, especially when they have
no reason to trust you.
Of course, Ned and Sam made mistakes and found
themselves in dead ends—for years. That is the price of
building an entirely new market. While, theoretically, low-
income people could pay off a thirty-dollar light over three
months, given the precariousness of their lives, they could
not save enough to meet the monthly payments. And even
if they loved the product, most of them had doubts about
this newfangled way of lighting their homes. Why should
they risk their hard-earned money on something that might
break in a month? Few had seen a product like this in the
marketplace. Better to stay with something they knew.
Sam and Ned took failure in stride, listening for clues as
to what might succeed. They knew they would have to work
harder to earn trust. Building a company infused with
purpose was the founders’ antidote to wariness. That meant
inculcating in every employee a definition of success based
on more than just selling whatever they could to earn a
day’s income; this company was going to light the world.
And every employee needed to believe in that vision
and internalize it. They had to treat every potential
customer with deep respect, showing up repeatedly, asking
questions, and listening to people, even if they didn’t like
what they had to say. In time, d.light began to earn
customers, and the company learned to build real
relationships.
I remember, years later, when d.light had become an
established company, sitting in a rural hut in central Kenya
with an unlikely trio: Teresia, a pint-size grandmother; her
sweet one-year-old grandson, on her lap; and David, a burly
Australian with a shock of white hair, the company’s Africa
director. We were there because Teresia and her daughter
had purchased one of the lanterns a few months prior, and
we wanted to hear her impressions.
Teresia’s face—calm, lined, square—make me think of
my Austrian grandmother, who also grew up on a rural farm
and knew the sweat of hard work. Though Teresia lived in a
small house that could feel like midnight inside in the
middle of the day, she lit up as she turned on her solar
lantern, telling us how it had changed her life, how even
during daily brownouts in her village, when the grid stopped
working, she was still able to see.
“So, how could the company improve the light?” I asked.
She hesitated for a second, then placed her hand on her
hip, cocked her head to the side, and spoke directly to
David. “It would be good if the light could charge the cell
phone while charging itself as well,” she said. I smiled at the
glint in her eye, the seriousness of her intent. I’d witnessed
so many encounters in which well-intentioned charities
asked people if they appreciated the services delivered and,
inevitably, the beneficiaries nodded their heads and told
them all was well.
But this time, Teresia was giving us advice. We were
listening to her, and not the other way around.
I thanked her for her good comments.
She responded by raising her eyebrow and giving me a
look to indicate that she was not finished making
suggestions.
I loved it.
“Two,” she continued, “you know, batteries for the radio
are too expensive. We couldn’t listen to the presidential
debates this time around. It would be better if the light
could also charge a radio.”
Now she was on fire, waving her arms. Two other
modifications to improve the lantern came in quick
succession.
I watched David’s face: he listened to each question and
answered respectfully. And then, inspired by Teresia, he, too,
told the truth, explaining in understandable terms what the
company could try to change and what would be too
expensive. She may not have liked every answer, but she
respected his candor.
Though this simple scene should be the norm in
business–customer interactions, two human beings
considering each other’s best interest—the level of mutual
listening felt extraordinary to me. I’d become accustomed to
witnessing people avoiding telling one another the truth. I’d
seen too many low-income “beneficiaries” pander as
privileged benefactors spoke with arrogant certainty.
This scene was different. The towering man and tiny
woman from disparate worlds were not just listening, they
were seeing each other. They were speaking as absolute
equals. In the space between them, call it love or divinity,
were the seeds of mutual respect, the opportunity for each
of them to be transformed.
By listening, Sam and Ned discovered that once their
customers made the first step from kerosene to solar, they
quickly wanted more. D.light went on to design a suite of
products, ranging from a simple five-dollar lamp for the
poorest up to full home systems that included multiple
lights, a cell phone charger, a radio, and, if they could afford
it, a flat-screen television. As investors, we began to
understand that there was an “energy ladder”: once people
got a taste of clean energy, they wanted more of it.
And why wouldn’t they? Imagine living in utter darkness
once the sun goes down in your home, regardless of where
you live. Now visualize living in a rural area, lying on a mat
on hard ground, hearing the sounds of animals and of
howling winds, not knowing what creatures are crawling
around or over you. Think of being a woman alone with her
small children while her husband works far away to earn
their daily bread; consider her fears that an intruder might
be lurking outside her isolated hut, hidden in the night’s
blackness. Such troubles and terrors add layers of stress to
the weightiness of poverty.
Then picture the dignity of flicking a switch and
illuminating your room. For anyone who lives without
electricity, the feeling can be miraculous. The scores of
customers I have met over my years investing in d.light
have reframed the way I understand the power of electricity.
A radio can stave off loneliness and bring the outside world
into a postage stamp–size room. A light can quell a dark
night’s fears and insecurities. A charged cell phone can
connect you to love and protection.
We miss many opportunities by assuming we have the
answers. Ned and Sam succeeded where many other
endeavors did not because they approached the poor as co-
creators in solving the problem of energy access. Through
repeated listening, they helped their customers realize that
they were there to serve them, not simply to take their
money.
And because the d.light team listened, and did the hard
work to follow up on what they’d heard, more than one
hundred million people now have clean light and,
increasingly, electricity. That is about one-third of the entire
population of the United States.
Sam, Ned, and the d.light team also helped ignite a
clean energy revolution that could change how Africa brings
electricity to all its people, averting long-term climate
change effects in the process. Imagine the human potential,
the human energy, that might be unlocked by this solar-
powered electricity.
Listening is a lifelong process. It requires continual
practice, especially when we’ve become too accustomed to
believing that our own assumptions are correct. I learned
this truth for the umpteenth time on an incredibly hot day in
Bahawalpur, Pakistan, an agricultural center in one of the
country’s most fertile areas, also known for its extremist
madrasas. I’d gone there to meet a group of women
weavers. They were sitting by their looms outside, beneath
a thatched shelter. Their husbands were farmers who
borrowed from our agricultural bank investee, so I knew the
families were building savings.
At the time of my visit to Bahawalpur, d.light was selling
a seven-dollar solar lantern with great success, especially in
East Africa. I hoped to see d.light come to Pakistan, where
the electricity grid reaches only about 65 percent of the
nation’s two hundred million people and, even then, might
bring electricity for only two or three hours a day in some
areas. I enthusiastically described the solar light to the
women’s group, marketing its attributes and asking if they’d
be interested in buying one if we could bring it to their
country.
Twenty pairs of tired eyes stared at me. No response.
I asked again. This time, a heavyset woman with a
husky voice, a brown veil draped loosely over her hennaed
hair, her face shining with sweat, leaned forward on ample
haunches. “We don’t need a light,” she said flatly. “Bring us
a fan.”
For a moment, I was speechless and stared back. “A
fan? I don’t have a fan. I have a light.”
“We don’t want a light. We want a fan.”
“But this is a great light. It will allow you to stay up later.
Your children can study. You can work in the evenings.”
She cut me off: “We work enough. We’re hot. Bring us a
fan.”
Until that moment, I’d never considered the importance
of a fan as opposed to a light. When it is so hot that even
the cows lie down, a fan can matter more than a light. Plus,
people already had light, even if it came from dangerous,
smelly, expensive kerosene. In East Africa, where the nights
are cool, people don’t ask for fans. But customers are not
the same in every market. Once again, I was reminded that
if you want to serve, you must begin by listening, not
assuming.
That night at my guesthouse, I took a cold shower and
lay beneath the ceiling fan, grateful; never before did I so
appreciate a fan.
Fast-forward a few years. Acumen began to invest in
solar companies in Pakistan. I visited a family compound in
the Punjab region that appeared unchanged since the
sixteenth century: men in turbans, women in purdah,
farmers using hand tools and plows in their endless fields of
mustard and sunflowers. The family I spoke with had
recently purchased a solar home system from a local
company that included multiple lights, a cell phone charger,
a radio … and a fan. The woman of the household told me
that the fan impacted her children’s ability to study more
than the lights. “The fan keeps the air moving at night and
the insects at bay. My children can sleep, which makes them
better students.” I nodded, remembering what I had learned
during my visit to Bahawalpur.
We miss so much by assuming we have the answers.
Instead, learn to listen with your whole body. Listen with
your ears, your eyes, all your senses. Listen not to convince
or to convert, but to change yourself, spark your moral
imagination, soften your hardened edges, and open yourself
to the world. When we fail to listen to those the world
excludes, we lose the possibility of solving problems that
matter most to all of us. But when we succeed at listening
with all our attention and empathy, we have a chance to set
others and ourselves free.
Chapter 5
YOU ARE
THE OCEAN
IN A DROP
If deep listening enables seeing beyond another’s words,
understanding identity can provide potent tools to empower
and unite. Identity can also be a trap, dividing us from one
another, sometimes with toxic or even deadly
consequences. Learning to navigate the many layers of your
own identity, while also expanding your awareness of the
multiple layers of others’, is an essential twenty-first-
century skill, one that can take a lifetime to acquire. Begin
on the path to mastery by discovering the many stories that
can be only yours.
I was born the eldest daughter in a patriotic American
immigrant military family. My childhood memories are filled
with identity-shaping moments: Catholic school and Mass on
Sunday, elders telling me to “be a good girl” (and to earn
good grades), and the constant rhythm of warm, boisterous
family events that usually included polka music and folk
dancing. Each school day, I pledged allegiance to the
American flag; weekly, I made the Girl Scout pledge “to
serve God and my country, to help people at all times, and
to live by the Girl Scout law.” That my dad did several tours
in Vietnam reinforced the ideas of self-sacrifice and
commitment at the core of my sense of self.
On Sundays, I would sit in church next to my mother,
who always dressed up and sometimes covered her head
with a black mantilla, her beautiful face serene. While at
church, she did not reveal the spitfire woman so familiar to
me the rest of the week. Priests and nuns encouraged us to
give “to the hungry children in China,” and though I was
only five or six years old, I regularly dropped half my fifty-
cent allowance in the poor box at the back of the church. An
empathetic child, I grew increasingly aware of the disparities
around me, though I still saw the world as divided between
good guys and bad guys—and I assumed I was one of the
good guys.
As I grew older, my life choices added contours to my
sense of who I was, challenging what I had believed and my
understanding of where I belonged. By my mid-twenties, my
work experience in scores of countries across Asia, Africa,
and Latin America made me yearn to know the world in its
manifold layers. I wanted to belong to the world, too.
The more I encountered, the more I questioned and,
unsurprisingly, the more I changed. With each change, I
came closer to my true self. This required jettisoning beliefs
and practices that no longer served my expanding
understanding of the world or of the identities I was
choosing to inhabit.
At the age of twenty-six, I sat down with my beloved
father and told him that I was questioning whether I could
continue to call myself a Catholic. I still remember the
disappointed, confused look my questioning caused. I loved
the stories and the Gospels, the rituals and music—in so
many ways, I was religious—but I didn’t love how the Church
excluded; its actual practices too often countered my own
beliefs. I could not reconcile that some people were
welcomed into the Church’s community, and others were
not; nor that women were so diminished within the Church’s
hierarchy.
I asked him, “I’ve worked alongside people in Muslim
and Hindu and other religious communities and want to
understand more about them. Aren’t their ‘essential truths’
the same as ours?” And didn’t true spirituality have to do
with seeing yourself in every other human being, and they
in you?
Life had been teaching me what sages and saints had
written about for centuries. As the American poet Walt
Whitman wrote in “Song of Myself” in 1855, “I am large. I
contain multitudes,” singing through his poetry to an
expansive identity reminiscent of the words of the
thirteenth-century Sufi poet Rumi: “You are not a drop in the
ocean. You are the ocean in a drop.”
By this time, I could no longer embrace the idea that my
truths were of a higher or even separate order from those of
people practicing other religions. I was grateful for my
religious education but yearned to explore beyond its solid
edges. I had begun to see myself as entangled with other
peoples and other faiths, ideas I carried within myself: the
ocean in a drop.
It devastated me to hurt my father. The conversation I
had with him challenged me much more than when I
informed my parents that I was leaving Wall Street to work
in Africa. Our debate about religion threatened our family’s
core identity, potentially puncturing the heart of my most
personal community. My heart ached, for I wanted no one’s
approval more than my father’s and mother’s.
“Will you ever go to church again?” my father asked, not
with anger but with quietude.
“I will when I am home with you,” I responded. I didn’t
want to renounce or fully abandon parts of what I’d been
given, but I understood the need to embrace the new as
well. I promised that my deeds would make my parents
proud. I hope to this day that they have.
As I went on to experience more people and places, the
various parts of my identity became more nuanced. As the
saying goes, you will never know the East Side till you move
to the West. By working and living in other countries, I
began to see America, the land of my birth, in more
complex ways. I loved my country’s ideals and felt grateful
daily to be an American woman. We are a can-do nation of
immigrants from all corners of the globe, exuberant in our
sense of possibility, proud to be a place where anyone,
regardless of birth status, can achieve greatness. Even
today, when I run alongside the Hudson River, I silently
salute Lady Liberty, gratefully acknowledging her welcoming
promise to all peoples seeking to make their lives on her
shores and to contribute to the American experiment.
Yet, just as with Catholicism, I also grew in awareness of
the more shameful parts of my American identity, which
continue to limit the nation’s full potential. This includes the
legacies of American imperialism suffered by Native
Americans, the still-open wounds of slavery, and the unjust
number of incarcerated young men of color. I began to
recognize that every one of us, and every society as a
whole, is a mix of light and shadow. In that realization, I
found, and continue to find, extraordinary potential for
growth, for relationships and self-discovery, for a new
idealism grounded in the gritty, sometimes ugly realities of
everyday work to be done.
Thirty years after that conversation with my father, I
feel profoundly grateful for my multiple identities, both
inherited and chosen. Each part of me is a chance to
connect to others. Growing up in a big immigrant family
made interacting with more community-oriented people in
Africa, Asia, and Latin America feel closer to home for me.
My Catholic upbringing helped me connect to other
traditional religious communities, as I understood what it
meant to prioritize family, daily rituals, and prayer, and to
honor religious leaders who interpret holy texts. The
daughter of an army colonel, I am comfortable considering
myself a citizen soldier, and I respect the discipline,
diversity, and leadership grown by the military. As a New
Yorker, I feel a kinship to residents of big cities such as
Mumbai and Karachi, Nairobi and Lagos. My inherited love of
literature has connected me to new places by making
conversations with strangers easier, providing a means of
conveying curiosity rather than tired assumptions about
their societies.
Each of us contains a multitude. The more identities we
carry within, the more chances to discover that we are at
once unique and bound by commonalities. So, as the
Nigerian writer Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie asks, why, then,
do we reduce individuals to a single story, a single identity
that can too easily be infused with our greatest fears about
one another?
I witnessed firsthand the fragility and potential
deadliness of reductive identity during the aftermath of the
Rwandan genocide. I sat in foul prisons listening to women
whom I had considered friends rant about the evil of the
Tutsis while fully believing the Tutsis would have murdered
the country’s other main tribe, the Hutus, had not the Hutus
killed them first. Those encounters taught me that monsters
and angels exist in every one of us.
Our monsters are the broken parts of ourselves, the
shames and hurts and grievances often carried from
generation to generation. If we do not confront them
peacefully yet directly, those broken parts make us
vulnerable to externalizing our pain through anger, violence,
or a deadening bitterness. In times of insecurity, the divisive
language and policies of demagogues prey upon our
weaknesses, urging us to cast blame for our problems on
those who are deemed “other.” Too often, such language
successfully entreats us to do horrendous things to one
another.
I have lost too many friends to violence in the name of
identity. Perhaps this is why I believe so strongly in the
Lebanese French writer Amin Maalouf’s explanation (in In
the Name of Identity) of how identity operates within each
of us. According to Maalouf, we each maintain a “hierarchy
of identities” that rise and fall depending on whether a
particular identity is threatened. When one of our identities
is attacked, it becomes easy to perceive ourselves only as
that identity, for how others see us can have a significant
impact on how we see ourselves.
Think about your own diverse identities—your gender,
religion, race, ethnicity, tribe, sexual identity, citizenship or
refugee status, your schools. Which parts give you pride?
Which parts shame? I’d be surprised if most didn’t give you
both. You might be a vegetarian or a carnivore; an extrovert
or an introvert; an athlete; someone who loves classical
music or hip-hop, novels or nonfiction; a nature lover or an
urbanite—likely, your mix includes at least a few
contradictions. Our personal commitments form aspects of
our identities, too. Now think of those times when a single
part of you felt threatened and you were reduced, either by
others or yourself, to a single identity. The world plays along
in these moments, flattening our sense of self to the point of
caricature.
My own identity shape-shifts when confronted with the
world around me. I feel more American when I am being
questioned at a dinner party in Karachi about U.S. drone
policy. When I am held at U.S. immigration for questioning
because of all the Pakistan stamps in my passport, I become
equally a global citizen and an American who wants my
country to treat immigrants with greater respect. Perhaps,
instead, we could start by understanding the many
identities inside ourselves, avoid the temptation of labels
and the demonization of others, and search for common
ground in those who might seem different at first blush.
If holding our multiple identities and recognizing that all
people carry myriad identities within themselves is a crucial
step toward navigating difference in an interdependent
world, a second essential skill is understanding how others
perceive you, especially with regard to power and privilege.
Throughout my twenties, I sharpened the first skill by
interacting with other cultures. In my early thirties, a painful
confrontation with the more privileged parts of my identity
had to take place before I could fully learn the second skill.
In 1996, Peter Goldmark and Angela Blackwell,
president and senior vice president, respectively, of the
Rockefeller Foundation in New York, determined to build a
leadership program to confront “the fault lines of race, class
and ideology in America.” Four years earlier, Los Angeles
had exploded with riots over the acquittal of police officers
who’d brutally beaten Rodney King, an African American
motorist. The 1991 beating had been caught on video and
seen hundreds of millions of times (before smartphones or
Facebook). Because of the riots that followed the beating,
more than 2,300 people were injured, 62 were killed, and
the city experienced a loss of more than a billion dollars.
Over the next four years, across the United States, identity
politics grew more hostile.
The Rockefeller Foundation’s most senior leadership
wanted to try to do something about a deteriorating civic
conversation in America. The two leaders of the foundation
tapped me to create and lead this new program. I had
already learned something about navigating differences
while working in Rwanda, and I had tried to become a
respectful listener as well. I loved the idea of confronting the
fractures of American democracy through investing in
diverse young leaders and was elated to build a program
that would support their development. At the same time, I
also felt that I was exactly the wrong person to lead that
program. I was white. My orientation was more global than
local. I had dreamed of investing in businesses that served
the poor, not supporting individuals to lead.
However, the need was there, the opportunity was
there, and no one else had stepped in to build something
like it. My mentor John Gardner, whom you met in chapter 1,
reminded me to be more interested than interesting. “You
will learn to understand the rest of the world better if you do
the work to know your own country,” he said to me. “You’ll
be able to speak with greater humility if you can speak from
experience about the challenges that your own country
faces.”
After much thought, I decided to start a new chapter in
my life and let the work teach me. Together with a small,
diverse and mighty team, I helped create the Next
Generation Leaders program. The scope of our ambition
thrilled me, though when we started, I had no idea of all
that I’d have to learn to give the program even the slightest
chance of success.
On the first evening of the NGL fellows gathering, as
everyone sat down to dinner, I formally introduced myself.
Twenty-four fellows sat around a horseshoe-shaped table,
representing diverse slices of the American pie, including a
Korean American leader of a community group from New
York City, an African American leader fighting to eliminate
the death penalty, a fighter pilot in the marines, and a gay
Latina activist for immigrant rights, just to name a few. After
welcoming these fellows, I began: “I hope we will use the
group itself not only to explore differences but to
understand one another, so that we in turn might better
understand ourselves.”
Heads nodded as I spoke. Though I was nervous, I
thought, So far, so good.
Given our diversity, I continued, we also hoped to define
rituals as a means of creating shared experiences and, thus,
bonds among us. Each night, before dinners together, I
suggested that a different fellow start the meal by sharing a
poem, a blessing, a quote, or silence. Each fellow could
choose whether to share his or her own tradition, whether
religious or atheist, or to honor another one. What mattered
was the fellow’s gift of reflection and an openness from the
rest of the group to receive it.
An African American minister from Chicago stood up
that first evening, choosing traditional words of thanksgiving
for the meal we were about to eat and ending with a quiet
“Amen.” Many in the group repeated the amen, but a young
African American activist stood and accused me of “making
this a Christian thing.” I reiterated that we hoped to create
the space not for what separated us but for what we shared.
He fired back that people shouldn’t be forced to hear
dinnertime prayers. Heads nodded in agreement.
The evening had barely begun, and I’d lost the group.
Over the next few months, the group regularly devolved
into arguments about identity rather than focusing on how
we might actually solve problems. I hired two elderly white
scholars to lead “Good Society” sessions, a powerful
exercise taken from the Aspen Institute, in which
participants reflect on their own values by interacting as a
group with the writings of philosophers and activists
spanning from Plato to Hobbes, Rousseau, King, and
Mandela. Upset that the readings mostly came from “dead
white men,” some of the fellows refused to participate.
I did not know how to handle the situation, and the two
facilitators ultimately left the session. The same young man
who had raised issues around having a minister share a
prayer made it clear from the beginning that I, a white
woman of privilege, should not run a program built for a
diverse collection of emerging American leaders.
Part of me thought he was right. My own insecurities
stunted my ability to bring my whole self forward, though
that was precisely what I was asking the group to do.
Ultimately, the group avoided rigorous debates about how
society might do better at encompassing our diversity.
Opinions, not reason, dominated. Some fellows remained so
busy defending their own identities that we collectively
failed to make the effort to engage with the identities of
others.
The lowest point of the year occurred at the end of a
seminar, during a go-round in which each fellow shared an
insight or question from the week’s activities. When it was
the African American activist’s turn, he suggested that this
was the right moment for me to resign. I thanked him for his
comments, but I had no answers, not for the unasked
questions swirling in the room and not even for the
questions I’d posed myself.
The weight of the room’s silence and the staring eyes of
the fellows pressed in on my chest, intensifying my feelings
of shame and guilt. Even though I’d put heart and soul into
working with my team to create and fund this program, and
had delivered on the promise of a group that reflected
America’s diversity, I had failed to facilitate difficult yet
constructive conversations. For nearly an entire year, I had
been unable to build a sense of wholeness and a connected
group that could learn from itself. And rather than share the
burden of failure with the group, I erred in thinking that the
program’s deficiencies were the sole responsibility of me
and my team.
Later that night, after a good cry, I finally came to a
reckoning with myself. The young activist had pinpointed
one of the most unresolved parts of my identity: my
privilege. It didn’t matter how I perceived myself. What
mattered in that moment was how others saw me. Until that
experience, I saw myself as an industrious woman from a
big, middle-class family who had paid her way through
college and business school and who would face the
monthly stress of school debt repayments for yet another
decade. As a young person, I was aware that being a white
American afforded me vastly better opportunities, but I also
wanted to claim the “scrappy independent woman” part of
my identity that was unafraid of sweat and hard work.
Yet, if I did not fully see myself as a woman of privilege,
my identity had expanded to include working at the
Rockefeller Foundation with a well-used passport and a
Stanford MBA. If I hadn’t been born an elite, I had certainly
become one, regardless of how I saw myself. Only when I
was able to integrate the person I had become with the
person I once was would I be able to serve in ways that
mattered.
Finally, I understood: by hiding parts of my identity, I
had been denying myself and others what I could bring to
the table. Because I had not laid the groundwork to know
myself and claim a legitimacy for running the program, I
had never been able to address the polarization that held
the room hostage to identity politics and made it difficult for
everyone to focus on the other issues at hand. I had failed
to recognize that identity, our own and that of others, is
always in the room.
Given all this, should I then resign? My resolve came
slowly but clearly. No. Absolutely not. That young activist did
not have the sole hold on what was right and fair. There
were many in the group who told me privately, and
repeatedly, that they were acquiring new insights and skills,
and they urged me to stay the course. So, I would take this
as an opportunity to grow personally and to expand my
understanding of both the challenges and opportunities
identity brings. I also realized in those days and weeks of
reflection that we would succeed in building a cohort of
diverse leaders who worked across lines of difference only if
we selected people who were open to changing themselves.
Without personal transformation, a moral revolution is
impossible.
By the second year of the fellowship, I was able to lead
with greater self-awareness and confidence. Rather than
simply “checking,” or distancing myself from, my privilege, I
learned to know when and how to use that privilege of
authority as an asset to create space so that other voices
could be heard. I was more able to recognize, and call out,
when a fellow, holding tightly to an ideological stance on
either extreme of the political divide, was making
constructive conversation impossible. When a fellow
complained in that first year that the Rockefeller Foundation
represented the imperialist capitalist elite, I simply stared,
almost fearing to respond. But during the second year, I
made it clear that everyone in the room, by virtue of
choosing to join the fellowship, would have a new element
to his or her identity. As fellows, they would have greater
access and privilege that, in turn, required additional
responsibilities.
I understood that my job was to make the conversation
safe enough for all sides to feel deeply uncomfortable at
times, and to grow from it. It was to challenge anyone who
was throwing around easy assumptions, asking them
instead to ground their perspectives in principles for which
they stood. It was to remind myself and every one of the
fellows that if every one of us was not open and willing to
change ourselves, we would never be able to change the
world.
My painful stumbles at the Rockefeller Foundation gave
me a powerful new set of skills with which to navigate
identity. First, know yourself. Second, be open to the
multiple identities others might carry within themselves.
Third, the person or organization with greater power in a
particular moment must be the bridge that extends
understanding to those with less power. Without this bridge,
real conversations won’t happen.
Keep in mind that privileges tend to fluctuate depending
on context. Every one of us might feel powerful in certain
situations and powerless in others, based on how we
perceive ourselves and how others impose on us their ideas
of who we are. The more you are aware of the power you
maintain in each situation, the more likely you are to gain a
truer understanding of others.
Though I could not have known it at the time, in pushing
me way beyond my comfort zone, that painful year with the
Rockefeller Foundation’s leadership program broke me open
and allowed me to stretch to find new parts of myself. I
don’t say this lightly; I realize that knowing all the parts of
ourselves and being aware of how others see us is more of a
struggle for some than for others, and it can be more
challenging at various stages of our lives. Moreover, some
people have single identities imposed on them in ways that
can be life threatening. This is precisely why understanding
identity—which is wholly different from learning to play
identity politics—is such an important skill to learn and
teach. We grow not in easy times but in difficult ones. In our
moments of greatest division and fear, might we all become
less comfortable and forge more nuanced understandings of
our own identities, thereby opening ourselves up to explore
the identities of others?
In 2015, I traveled to Bahawalpur, Pakistan, to discuss
values and principles of moral leadership with a group of
young Pakistani Acumen fellows who hailed from all parts of
the country. Some young men wore jeans and polo shirts;
others, traditional Pakistani shalwar kameez, long tunics
with loosely fitted cotton trousers. Women, representing
about 40 percent of the room, wore a mix of modern and
traditional clothing as well. It was the first time I was
meeting this particular group, but I felt a kinship given our
shared global community.
After I asked which living people would qualify as moral
leaders, I mused that the youngest Nobel Peace Prize winner
in history, Malala Yousafzai, Pakistan’s own daughter, was
the Antigone of our times: courageous, noble, and powerful
in her pursuit of justice.
Half the room agreed with me, some with a sense of
national pride. Half shook their heads in disgust.
“She is a CIA agent,” one young man said.
Another chimed in: “She’s simply a tool of the West. The
rich Americans love her because it fits within their story.”
When I pushed to understand, the group began arguing
with one another, their words flying past me. One of the
members, a young bearded man, sat silently, scowling. I
asked the group to quiet down, and I turned to him: “Why
have you opted out of the conversation?”
“Malala is no hero of mine,” he explained. “Her story
has been manipulated to make the West feel good about
itself.”
People around the table jumped in, both to protest and
to agree. I asked them to hold back and give the young man
space to say more.
He continued: “I’m from Swat, just near Malala’s village.
We were one of the most progressive places in the country.
We educated our daughters and sons in our valley. But after
the 2004 earthquake, the Taliban came down from the
mountains. They said Allah was punishing us for our evil
ways and began to rule the area. Since then, we have lived
with violence and fear in our midst. Schools were shut. Life
became more difficult for us. Yet the world sees Malala and
thinks we are barbarians who need to be saved by the West.
It is not right. Those same people who love her and despise
us don’t want to acknowledge that the U.S. created the
Taliban to fight the Russians in Afghanistan. And now the
U.S. blames the Taliban for any of the violence to justify
dropping drones on Northern Pakistan, on civilians. Why
don’t we ever hear about girls who escaped U.S. drone
attacks? Why don’t we ever make them heroes?”
He didn’t stop there, but instead described wounds
inflicted on his sense of identity from Pakistanis themselves.
“Even those Pakistanis who say Malala is an angel,” he said,
“don’t hide their surprise that she is so educated. They think
our region is backward, that we are second-class citizens. It
makes us feel more separate and, somehow, disgraced.”
We could have paused, agreed to disagree, honored his
reaction as one justified by his being part of a wounded
community. But we would have lost the chance to dive into
the layers of what Malala represents to so many in Pakistan.
We would have lost the chance to collectively unpack the
statement that “the West loves Malala and despises people
from Pakistan’s northern territories.” Moreover, had we
stopped, that young man may have been known from then
on through the single story of being a Muslim from Swat.
And he is so much more than that. He is a proud Pakistani; a
lover of literature, of dancing, of sports; a university
graduate. He is a father, a son, a brother, too. Also
important, he’s a teacher who runs a school for boys and
girls in his home city, and he has gone to great lengths to
protect girls’ rights to education.
The conversation about Malala threatened his Pashtun
identity. As Amin Maalouf would have predicted, in that
moment, the Pashtun man spoke only from the part of
himself that felt personally wounded—and thus, “Pashtun”
was raised to the top of his “identity hierarchy,” reducing
his story to a single narrative. If we had not had time as a
group to consider the complexities of this man’s life
experiences and the story of Malala herself, we could have
become even more divided. Instead, we deliberately created
space and time for uncomfortable conversations among
people who, above all, valued listening and moral
imagination.
You might be wondering what happened next, whether
either side was convinced by the other. We never fully
agreed as a group as to whether Malala was an angel or an
agent. Yet most of the fellows admitted later that during
that uncomfortable conversation, something within them
individually, and in the group as a whole, shifted. At the very
least, the larger group came to understand the hurt of
Pashtuns in a more personal way. And at the end of our time
together, one of the more privileged members of the cohort
spoke about the shame he felt for remaining silent in the
past when friends had insulted Pashtuns.
That unresolved conversation also elevated how we saw
ourselves as a group. At the essence of the Malala exchange
was the interplay of human dignity and identity; a yearning
to be recognized and acknowledged; an unspoken promise:
if you do not attempt to reduce me to a single identity, I will
try to see you as a more integrated person as well. While we
may not have fully resolved whether Malala was a hero, this
was the resolution we needed: a commitment to
acknowledge one another not just within the confines of the
room but in the open spaces of the world.
The conversation about Malala prepared me for a
surprising interaction I had in Dubai a few weeks later. I had
been invited to speak to twenty professional women at a
steel-and-glass restaurant atop one of the city’s imposing
skyscrapers. The scene could not have felt more different
from our simple retreat in the agricultural fields of southern
Pakistan. The middle-aged women were dressed
traditionally in abayas (long, flowing black robes) and hijabs
(head scarves), and obviously were very wealthy, exuding
the confidence that comes from operating at the highest
levels of political and professional achievement.
I spoke about my work and my hope to contribute to a
new kind of philanthropy in the region. When I finished, the
elder stateswoman of the group thanked me, then posed an
unexpected question: “What do you think about Malala?”
she asked. She clasped her hands and placed them gently
on the table in front of her.
This time I was prepared. I started from a place of
identity, acknowledging that while she was just a young
woman, Malala had come to symbolize a tension between
the West and the Muslim world, at least for some. I
acknowledged that young women and men have been killed
by the Taliban and by U.S. drones, and that with such
violence, our children and the poor are the ones who lose
most.
And then I shared my own belief that regardless of the
circumstances that made Malala a teenage celebrity, she
was using her privilege as a platform to stand for young
people across the world, and doing so with respect for her
religion, her parents, and her country. She may have been
born a Pashtun girl from Swat, but now she belongs to all of
us, and the world is better for it. I ended with another
acknowledgment of my hosts: “I love this region and
recognize the unholy partnership between fair-weather
friends in both Pakistan and the United States. Both sides
have dirty hands. It is our children who bear the brunt of
violence and despair. It must be to us as women, as citizens,
as mothers and sisters and aunts, to stand for building a
peace that goes beyond politics, so that all children can
grow to become what they deserve to be.”
The elder woman smiled and said, “Yes.” And then she
was quiet for another moment. I wasn’t sure what was
coming next.
Finally, she said, “Thank you. Now we can talk.”
Being aware of and acknowledging the identities others
hold is a key skill for navigating complex conversations.
Once that group of twenty professional women in the room
had become even slightly more trusting, we could speak
more freely of politics and philanthropy, of the situation of
women in the Middle East, and of problems in international
development.
Ultimately, our future as a human race depends on all of
us subscribing to a revolution of morals in which we each
commit ourselves to something beyond ourselves. We spend
so much time focused on what we believe to be true rather
than opening ourselves to the ways others perceive the
world. A peaceful, sustainable planet demands that we
celebrate our individual multiple identities while recognizing
the one thing we have in common: we are all human beings.
We are born equal by virtue of our precious, blessed, wild
humanness—and that is enough to bind us to one another.
Each of us is the ocean in a drop.
Our shared humanity is strong and vast enough to
encompass our beautiful diversity. Think of yourself as a
bridge extending forward so that others might walk across.
Commit to stretching beyond your comfort zone to meet
those whose realities are different from your own. You might
be surprised at what you find on the other side.
Chapter 6
PRACTICE
COURAGE
I was a child of the 1960s, a time of heaving change, when
cracks surfaced in ancient institutions and the tightly woven
fabric of society began to loosen. In fourth grade, girls were
allowed to wear “nice pants” on Fridays to public schools,
and even my Catholic elementary school stopped requiring
uniforms. Through Vatican II, Pope John XXIII transformed
the Catholic Church’s relationship to the modern world. The
birth control pill was introduced, and movements for civil
rights and human freedoms broke out across the globe.
Even then, most girls refrained from sports, took home
economics in school to learn to cook and sew, and were
taught to be polite at all times.
Luckily, my parents believed that their growing tribe of
boys and girls could do anything. When I was nine, my
father coached a middle school football team in Fort
Leavenworth, Kansas. He brought me to practice one day,
and some of the boys teased him: “Coach,” they said, “you
didn’t tell us you had a girl.”
“Yup,” he said, “but she’s as tough as you are.” He then
challenged two of the boys to a pull-up competition with me.
I wanted to die of embarrassment—until I was actually in
the competition; then I wanted to win. And, at least in my
dad’s memory, I did. My mortification gave way to a secret
pride in being physically strong, a self-perception that
became a superpower. In an age when most girls were
cheering on the sidelines for boys playing sports, I wanted
to be nowhere but on the field itself.
Necessity prompted my parents to instill a scrappy
entrepreneurial courage in their brood. Raising seven kids
on a military salary was no easy feat. When my brothers
and I complained that “everyone else’s moms” bought them
Levi’s jeans or Converse sneakers, our mother would give us
the evil eye for wanting to be like everyone else. “You don’t
need to wear brand names,” she’d say, disappointed. “You
are Novogratzes. But if you seriously feel the need to be like
other people, I’ll make a deal with you. I’ll cover the cost of
plain jeans or sneakers at the Army Post Exchange, and you
pay the difference for the branded ones.”
My parents believed that each of us was capable of
doing anything we set our minds to. And having someone
play the role of encourager is one of the biggest gifts any of
us can receive. It reinforces the courage that comes just by
believing you count, that you’re capable of something. (It
doesn’t really matter what that something is.)
As a result of my mother’s deal making, we were always
looking for entrepreneurial ways to earn income for greater
independence and, sometimes, to buy those Levi’s. I started
babysitting when I was ten, then went on to work behind the
ice-cream counter at a Howard Johnson’s at fourteen before
ultimately bartending while still in high school. And I made
and sold Christmas ornaments door to door to earn enough
money for school trips. Each experience required facing into
discomfort—knocking at the houses of strangers to
introduce myself, to ask people to buy things I’d put my
heart into making. I had to learn to deal with rejection, to
make decisions for myself and to handle money. And while
the first or second or sometimes tenth time I tried
something might still feel uncomfortable, each experience
expanded my worldview, even the most incremental of
victories imparting me with the belief that life could be a
great adventure if you were willing to dare.
Courage is not the absence of fear. Courage is the
ability to look fear in the face and continue to walk forward.
All of us have something that frightens us, whether or not
we admit it, and there are as many forms of courage as
there are of fear. Only by nurturing our courage will we
prevent our fears from making and then keeping us small.
Childhood gave me the courage to take physical and
entrepreneurial risks, but it did not prepare me to speak
truth to power. The institutions that grounded my youth did
just the opposite, in fact, reinforcing the idea that girls
especially were supposed to be “good” and respectful.
Though I might have imagined myself a maverick, I also was
groomed to be polite and considerate, without being honest
or tough enough to ask for what I truly needed.
As a child, when I most needed courage to use my
voice, I lacked any skill or sense of my own power
whatsoever. After a long night of babysitting, a
neighborhood father drove me home. He parked the car in
our house’s driveway, turned to me as if to say good night,
and suddenly began kissing and forcing himself on me. I
pleaded for him to stop, and fought to get out from under
him, but I was also, somehow, polite until I managed to
wriggle free.
I was twelve years old. I can still remember my outfit: a
pink gingham button-down shirt tucked into bell-bottom
jeans with little houses embroidered around the waistband
and an oversize pink comb in the back pocket, my long hair
in braids tied with little white ribbons. I had never before
kissed a boy nor really even considered the possibility.
I rushed into the house and saw my brave, loving father
talking at the kitchen table with one of his best friends. The
only word I could muster was hello. I scrambled up the
golden shag-carpeted stairs to the bathroom and jumped in
the shower wearing all my clothes. Sitting in the bathtub,
the water pouring over me from overhead, I felt dirty and
ashamed, confused and hurt. I never babysat for that family
again, coming up with all sorts of excuses to avoid doing so.
For decades, I gave no external voice to my internal
hurt, at least not to adults. I must have believed, or known,
somehow that saying aloud what had happened would upset
the social order of my world. I knew that my parents would
have been devastated. My father was the kindest man I
knew, and he had returned from Vietnam only months
before. My mother was fierce, fearless, and focused when it
came to raising her brood. I could not bear the thought of
hurting either of them.
I dreaded the very notion that my father might injure
the neighbor in his desire to avenge me. And what of the
man’s wife and children? I convinced myself that silence
was a better option. I had neither permission nor practice to
say aloud the true things that might need to be said, even if
they harmed the reputation of a respected member of the
community.
Forty years later, when I heard the news of the
neighbor’s death, I felt an unexpected sense of freedom.
Now I understand that I was caught in a system that
required the silence of the weak in order to protect and
maintain the privilege of the strong. We remain voiceless
because we fear rejection, shame, or letting others down.
We stay silent when bad things happen to us or to those
around us, afraid of losing status or love or the security of
home. We want to keep our jobs or maintain the peace or, in
some situations, stave off further violence.
Thankfully, systems that privilege some groups over
others have begun to erode. A generation is more willing to
confront ugly truths, openly recognizing that acts by some
to denigrate or hurt others are unacceptable. People are
finding others to stand in solidarity with them, even if they
live in different communities. For any of us to be free, we
must all be free.
Finding one’s own voice and using it is one of the most
difficult kinds of courage to develop. It grows from
discovering and valuing our most authentic selves,
regardless of the systems and structures that otherwise
might attempt to define us. For those who’ve been injured,
this requires courageously confronting our own trauma and
injuries. But courage is a muscle. The more we exercise it,
even in small ways, the more courageous we become.
Sometimes life gives us opportunities to do the right
thing, even at a possible cost to ourselves. In my first job, I
recognized a worrying pattern in a Swiss bank that had
significant loans outstanding with Chase. It looked to me as
if the bank would fail. The country director in Geneva
ridiculed me as a baby banker who clearly had no
understanding of the way Swiss banks operated. My boss
discouraged me from politically ruffling powerful feathers.
But I had triple-checked my work, and I knew that my job
was to raise concerns, even if the worst-case scenario never
happened.
And so, I did. After an anxious, wakeful night, I sat at a
big wooden desk across from the bank’s towering, powerful
country head. My knuckles were white from gripping the
seat beneath me, and I felt as if I were in a roiling storm at
sea. My voice quaking, and resisting the urge to vomit, I
relayed my conclusions to the disdainful country leader.
Later, I submitted my report to the global credit committee.
I didn’t sleep for the next two nights, anxious that my
findings might result in the loss of my job.
A few days later, the bank failed. My reputation was
burnished, and I internalized the importance of speaking my
truth, even through trembling lips. I also tried to remind
myself that things could have gone differently. The bank
might have stayed afloat, and my boss could have seen me
as a troublemaker. But at least my integrity, even if known
only by me, would have remained intact.
That experience fueled my courage to stand up for my
beliefs when I switched from banking on Wall Street to
microfinance in Rwanda. A local priest had accused our
microfinance organization, Duterimbere, of usury (charging
illegally high interest), though we charged women just 12
percent a year to borrow versus the informal moneylenders,
who charged as much as 10 percent per day. Knowing I’d
survived my initial discomfort at Chase, I was more
prepared to confront the cultural guardians in Rwanda. In
Rwanda, the stakes were higher, for they were about not
just my career but our organization’s very mandate.
Even after I was gaining the courage of my convictions
and learning to fight for my beliefs, I still lacked confidence
in another area of my life: public speaking. When it came to
speaking in front of groups, it took me longer to learn that
fear is conquerable if you confront it, understand what lies
beneath it, and then face it, often repeatedly, until you
make it a friend. As with most hard things, that takes
practice.
The particular fear of public speaking showed up early in
my life and persisted. When I was a teenager, my knees
would knock whenever I had to make a presentation. On
Wall Street, we had to study public speaking as part of our
training. After witnessing my nervous laughter and rapid-fire
speech, my instructor told me that I was perhaps the worst
public speaker she’d ever encountered. That single
comment set back my confidence even further. But I knew
that public speaking would be an essential skill for leading
change, so I looked for opportunities to present to small
groups, sometimes staying up half the night to practice. If a
speech went well, I’d gain a bit of confidence. If it was a
flop, I’d think about what I could learn from the experience.
It took years to get to the point where I sometimes even
enjoyed public speaking.
During this process, I also learned to calm my nerves. As
a young woman, I’d listened to the advice of those who told
me to “pump myself up” before speaking. That only
stressed me further. “Imagine the audience naked,”
someone else suggested. But that image distressed me.
Pretending I was a superhero served to keep the attention
on myself, and didn’t work, either.
It took years to realize that I had it all backward. Rather
than focus on myself, I needed to direct my attention to the
audience. I was speaking, after all, as a messenger, not a
protagonist. My job was simply to be an instrument of love,
I’d remind myself, whether to inspire thought or provoke
action. Rather than attempting to stare down my ego, I
would try to allow my ego to dissolve. This approach turned
out to be a grounding mechanism, enabling me to get out of
my own way and do what I had come to do.
All of us are at times strong and at other times fragile,
certain and unsure—these contradictions are part of the
human condition. Sometimes, the same people who display
nerves of steel when negotiating high-stakes deals find it
almost impossible to provide difficult feedback to beloved
employees. Each act requires its own kind of courage, and
few of us are fearless in every situation. Some people fear
being viewed as imperfect or unworthy; instead of
courageously communicating mistakes or failures, they hide
small problems, denying partners or friends or investors the
chance to help rectify the situation. Sometimes those same
problems grow into full-blown disasters, making manifest
the very fears the person tried to avoid.
At Acumen, we’ve lost important investments because a
team member lacked the confidence to advocate for a risky
deal, assuming others would think him crazy for proposing
it. But if you want to play it safe, you shouldn’t get into the
business of change. Change involves risk, and risk, which is
not the same as recklessness, requires courage.
Institutions can try to make it easier for people to take
risks, but it is up to each of us to practice small acts of
courage so that we build muscles to do the right thing.
Regularly, we should ask ourselves, what is the cost of not
daring? Of not trying? Of not speaking up when it matters?
Practice courage until you become courageous. Think of
fear not as a bad thing, but simply as a mechanism to alert
you to emotional or physical danger. The more you confront
what lies beneath the fear, the more you can tackle it
through repeated confrontations and small victories. Those
wins, ultimately, will prepare you for the times when the
world needs you to stand bravely in the fire and take on the
seemingly impossible.
And even then, for some, there are times (hopefully
rare) when the stakes of change suddenly rise to a matter of
life or death, when you have only fraught options and you
find yourself flying without a net. In such situations, what
separates those who are able to master their fears from
those who run or hide is purpose.
One leader with this gritty, muscular courage, one
fueled by a singular purpose and commitment to
community, is Andrew Otieno. A mild-mannered man of
slender build, Andrew worked as a senior leader at Jamii
Bora Bank, a Nairobi-based nonprofit microfinance
organization imbued with an ethos of self-help and mutual
support. In addition to serving as a senior leader of Jamii
Bora, Andrew also founded and ran a health clinic close to
where he was born in Kibera, the largest urban slum in
Africa.
Life threw many challenges at Andrew, giving rise to a
steely toughness to backstop his temperate demeanor. But
even he could not have imagined the gut-wrenching
fortitude he’d have to muster after Kenya’s 2007
presidential election caused an eruption of tribally driven
violence that left Andrew’s cherished community raging with
riots and fires.
Andrew oversaw Jamii Bora’s office in Kibera. The
lending operation served tens of thousands, including the
more than 1,700 merchants who operated out of the fabled
Toi Market, one of East Africa’s largest open-air bazaars.
Known for selling secondhand clothing and just about
everything else, Toi was a vibrant, colorful, glorious mosaic
of tiny kiosks that enabled millions of dollars to flow through
the marketplace, supporting the livelihoods of nearly a
hundred thousand people each year. It was there, on the
edge of the market, that Andrew’s office sat, witness to an
artery of economic growth and opportunity. For some, that
market provided the best route out of poverty.
One night, during the raging post-election weeks of
rioting, a couple hundred young men looted and razed the
market in a massive brawl that left many wounded and
several dead. In the morning, all that was left on the
hallowed ground of Toi were ashes and charred stumps that
indicated where market stalls had once stood. The
community was not only traumatized, but left with no place
to work, and most were at risk of falling deeper into poverty.
Toi could easily have become a war zone.
The young men’s night of destruction had been fueled
by wounds of identity and a desire for vengeance. With their
rioting, the men—mostly unemployed, and many of them
gang members—had aimed to “reclaim” land they believed
was rightfully theirs. Kibera had been established as a land
grant to Nubian soldiers who’d fought on behalf of the
British Army in World War I—albeit without a formal title to
show this. Over time, other tribes migrated to Nairobi, and
Kibera, its population exceeding two hundred thousand, was
declared an informal settlement in which all land belonged
to the government. Presumably, many of these young men
were descendants of the Nubian soldiers and thus wanted
“their” land back.
Yet, without Toi Market, the community as a whole lost
its primary economic artery, its lifeline to commerce, and its
connection to the larger city. Merchants had lost their wares,
which for most accounted for nearly everything they owned.
Some residents had lost family members. All of them lost
some sense of security, for there was no one visible to
protect them.
Andrew Otieno could have only one purpose at this
point: rebuild the market.
How to do that, though, in the face of the young vandals
who had terrorized the community? Since the post-election
violence, the international NGOs and even the police had
stayed away. And the community had been left on its own.
But Andrew understood that he was not fully alone. The
founder of Jamii Bora, an irrepressible Swedish woman
named Ingrid Monro, had spent decades committed to
building an organization in which people helped and
accompanied each other. Because she had immersed
herself in the Kibera community, Ingrid also understood the
life-or-death importance of the marketplace. She recognized
that while Andrew and other local leaders had to lead the
rebuilding of Toi Market, she had a form of social capital to
offer them: connections to international agencies. While
Ingrid traveled to Europe to raise money to rebuild Toi
Market, Andrew remained in Kibera to navigate at the local
level.
In early 2008, soon after the worst of the riots, I met
Andrew in Jamii Bora’s bright offices in a more central part
of Nairobi to discuss a different matter related to Acumen’s
investment in the organization. The calm and beauty of the
city stood in stark juxtaposition to what I’d heard about the
ugly violence and danger in the slums just a few miles away.
Andrew and I spoke about the Toi Market situation and how
so many people in Nairobi were going about their business
as if nothing had happened to their neighbors.
“For many,” Andrew said, “Kibera is both in our own city
and a different world altogether.”
He asked me to go with him to see the market. No, I
said. I didn’t want to show up as a voyeur, and I knew there
were enormous security risks. But Andrew would not hear of
it. “No outsiders will go and witness,” he said, “so no one
understands the situation. We are left on our own. If Mama
Ingrid fails to find the money, you might need to help us,
too.”
The fires were still burning in Kibera when we arrived,
and reports of continuing violence jangled my already tense
nerves, though I found comfort in Andrew’s calm and sober
grace. The Jamii Bora lending office, situated at the market’s
edge, had been ransacked. There was not a single desk or
chair or computer in sight. Still, a long line of women sat on
the floor, hoping they might borrow again, or at least speak
to someone.
Andrew and I, along with his colleague Gabriel Kadidi,
ventured into the empty marketplace, past young men
hammering stakes into the ground to mark their territory. A
number of merchants shuffled around their old work spots. A
man folded newly washed baby clothes on a tiny bench that
he carried in and placed in the spot he’d rented when there
was still a market. “Who do you think will risk the danger to
come here to buy baby clothes?” I asked, needlessly
reminding him that violence was still widespread.
He sighed. “Probably no one. But I’ve no food for my
family and nothing left but hope.”
As if on cue, a man in a tan jacket ran over to Andrew to
tell him that, on the other side of the market, a few hundred
feet from where we stood, a muscular young man in a dark
blue T-shirt and jeans had struck an older man’s bald head
with a machete. The man in the tan jacket and another
resident then carried the wounded elder to a beat-up car
parked by Jamii Bora’s office. In the chaos, I never learned
what happened to the perpetrator, but the injured man
survived. There were no police in sight.
I couldn’t help but juxtapose the scene with the
perfectly folded baby clothes piled amid the burning embers
of the marketplace. I desperately wanted to flee.
“How will you get this market built in light of the danger,
these tensions?” I asked Andrew. “Who will help you do it?”
I could understand Andrew’s urgency, but I could not
see how he would pull off the reconstruction—not soon
anyway, and not without more violence.
“We will find a way,” Andrew whispered, his face
strained.
I hated to leave him. I was returning to a place that
provided me every opportunity and liberties I too often took
for granted—freedom from fear, freedom from abject
poverty, freedom to travel. Here in Kibera, despite the
destruction and even the deaths, despite the burned-out
storefronts, razed marketplace, and marauding young men,
ordinary citizens would still get up, get dressed, and go to
work. They would find a way to bring their children to
schools taught by heroes—more ordinary citizens doing
extraordinary things. This experience with Andrew renewed
my commitment to become braver myself, to show up more
fully, to be more compassionate.
A few months later, I was back in Kibera. Astonishingly,
so was the market. Ingrid had raised the money, and
Andrew had overseen a peace process that would rival the
Oslo Accords in bringing sworn enemies into cooperation
and agreement. I asked him to walk me through how he’d
managed to erect a thing of beauty from a heap of ashes
and rage.
“It wasn’t easy, but I took one step at a time,” he said.
First, he’d searched the refugee camps and discovered the
leaders of the looting: a local gang member and his
sidekick, let me call them David and Jonah. Andrew
explained his plans to rebuild the market and restore peace,
and he told the men he hoped for their blessing. The men
shouted that they wanted revenge, not peace. Their
intention was to build two hundred houses where the
market stood, one for each member of the gang. Waving a
machete, Jonah threatened to kill Andrew if he didn’t
comply. Andrew didn’t move. He recognized the men’s
grievances and restated his goal to rebuild the peace—and
that he needed their help.
I’d meet David later that day. He was handsome, with
dark skin, high cheekbones, cool black eyes, and a steely
expression. His hair was cut close to his head, and his
muscular arms were as solid as granite. If Jonah could
threaten with his weapon, David’s eyes made it clear to me
that he’d killed people before.
Andrew had neither the tools of a trusted judicial system
nor the funds to offer reparations. The currents of identity
tore differing truths through the tortured landscape, and
Andrew could see only imperfect options each way he
turned. He understood from the start that without security,
he’d have to find a solution to peace that included the
young vandals. The thought sickened him: rather than
punishment, these men were being rewarded for the
destruction they’d wreaked. But the trade-off for that
injustice was a functioning marketplace that served
thousands.
A few days after the failed first meeting with David and
Jonah, Andrew had returned to the refugee camps. David
and Jonah still thought he was nuts, but David decided they
might as well listen to this man who was willing to be as
crazy as they were, just in a different way.
By that time, the residents at the camps were starving.
The UN agencies were slow in distributing foodstuffs, and
the market was not functioning. Jamii Bora had been given
the job of distributing food to residents in the camps, but
Andrew knew the food itself was vulnerable to looting now
that the market was gone. He also understood that those
most likely to create trouble were the same young men who
had razed the market in the first place. So, he made the
risky, albeit strategic, decision to hire David and his guys,
both ensuring that residents could access needed food and
taking a step toward building goodwill with the young men.
As he said to me, “No outsiders were securing the peace. I
had few options, so I chose one with the greatest chance of
meeting the community’s most urgent needs.”
In time, Andrew, stressing the potential gains each
would make, negotiated a deal in which all sides would
contend with some loss. He aimed for solutions grounded in
realities of the community itself that positively touched the
broadest swath of people. He hired the gang members to
rebuild the market, and then negotiated with the market
residents to allocate two hundred stalls to the gang, one for
each of its members. The utmost he could achieve was
imperfect, and the imperfect would claim almost everything
Andrew could muster within himself.
The young men didn’t quite get houses, but they now
each owned a business and a chance to rebuild their lives.
To the market residents, Andrew offered an uneasy peace
and the chance to get back to work, to stand again on their
own two feet.
“Look, if you help these boys, we will have the market
running again,” he said. “If you don’t, there will be trouble,
because the boys believe this is their rightful territory. And
there is nowhere else for them to go.” To me, Andrew
acknowledged that he had struggled mightily to find a way
to arbitrate between competing truths. What made that
arbitration possible was focusing on his goal and
communicating as often as he could—with everyone.
With no good options, Andrew found the courage to
make a compromised decision, acknowledging it was the
best he could do. His effectiveness at bringing the
community along with him was a master class in leadership.
While many organizations temporarily left Kibera after the
violence, Andrew committed personally to keeping Jamii
Bora operational. He showed up daily to his empty office at
the edge of the market in case problems or disagreements
arose, aware that while the short-term fix was a new
marketplace, healing the tensions and wounds beneath
could take much longer.
Andrew survived unimaginable pressures. He risked his
reputation and his life for his community. And he himself
seemed surprised by his bravery, which was ignited and
sustained by an abiding commitment to his people, his
place, his nation. We cannot choose what happens to us, but
we can choose how we respond. In courageously confronting
ugly realities, and by knowing not only what he stood for but
for whom he stood, Andrew collaborated with other brave
men and women. Together, they prevailed in rebuilding a
market and restoring peace.
Andrew’s challenges were extreme, but they are not
unique. Leaders all over the world must contend with
situations in which they must “navigate the gray” or look
unflinchingly at ugly truths and make a decision anyway.
The only way to survive and thrive is to acknowledge the
imperfections, to say aloud that you could not be trying
harder, and sometimes, to compare your outcomes to what
would have been had you done nothing at all.
All this takes courage, and gaining courage requires
practicing it.
The same night that the young man lifted his machete
and struck an innocent elder in the Toi Market, I flew to
Switzerland. The next morning, surrounded by happy,
wealthy children bundled in warm winter coats against a
backdrop of fluffy snow, I suddenly experienced a sense of
vertigo. Images of the violence I had experienced over many
years rushed through me: a farmer holding the barrel of a
shotgun against my throat on a lonely road in Mexico; three
men in Tanzania attacking me on a beach; a random guy
waiting at a bus stop in Guatemala City pointing his gun at
me. My brain was in overdrive. I thought of the man who
inexplicably punched me in the gut as I walked down Fifth
Avenue early in the morning on Valentine’s Day, and the
man in Malaysia, physically smaller than me, whom I think I
hurt more than he hurt me. I was always a fighter in the
moment, but these incidents were rising up to haunt me.
I wept for my younger self, for the friends I’d known
who’d been wounded or murdered for their beliefs or for
merely being in the wrong place. I wept for the images of
the bodies of people slain in Rwandan churches and the
layer upon layer of violence that is part of human society.
Since that night, there have been other moments when
an image, whether in the newspaper or on the streets,
summoned these painful memories, bringing back the taste
and smell of fear. The fears would arise like Harpies,
screaming. It took years for me to recognize that I would
defeat those demons not by using the fallback skills of my
early identity (courageously confronting the “enemy” and
shaking off the pain or, more truthfully, running away from
it), but by accepting my own vulnerability and self-doubt. It
was only when I began to love the imperfect and broken
parts inside of me that I could show up with my whole self.
I’m still working on it.
I finally understand today what I wish I had known long
ago: If we see ourselves only as victims, we risk failing to
recognize our own fallibility, and this makes it impossible to
accept the flaws of others. If we see ourselves or others only
as perpetrators, we extinguish possibilities of redemption. If
we refuse to see at all, we trap our diminished selves in
darkness, relinquishing hopes for growth and renewal. In all
such cases, we thwart our potential for wholeness.
The neighbor who attacked me as a twelve-year-old girl
may have been told he was worthless his entire life. I’ll
never know. The man with the machete in Toi Market may
have internalized a sense of irrelevance and invisibility,
making it easier for him to cast blame for his hurts on
another tribe than to take personal responsibility for them—
just as it is easier for the wealthy people in his larger
community to blame him alone rather than acknowledge the
structural impediments to this young man’s flourishing as
well. The cycle of violence, internal and external, individual
and structural, can be endless.
Unless we have the courage to stop it.
No one escapes life without broken parts. When we find
the courage to repair what is broken inside ourselves, to
reconcile the hurts we’ve internalized and the hurts we’ve
inflicted on others, we can finally renew our fragile world.
We can finally comprehend that our individual and collective
wholeness is necessarily enmeshed. This kind of repair
requires moral courage, the will to face fears and to fight for
those who are unlike us, especially those outside our own
families or tribes.
So, practice courage. It will prepare you for those times
when you, and the world, need it most.
Chapter 7
HOLD
OPPOSING
VALUES IN
TENSION
“I would be happy to give you money if you promised you’d
build five million houses, but five hundred?” The wealthy
venture capitalist spoke with an almost comic level of
disbelief. “Can’t you be a little more audacious?”
It was 2004, and I had traveled to Palo Alto, California,
to an office on Sand Hill Road, the storied “Main Street” of
Silicon Valley. I sat in a large glass room across from a man
with a mien of certainty and the insistent mannerisms of
someone for whom time is definitely money. The venture
capitalist had made a gazillion dollars betting big in fast-
paced technology start-ups, a few of which had created
billionaires, at least on paper, seemingly overnight. The
irony that I was there to pitch the idea of “patient capital” to
this person was not lost on me.
“Patient capital,” I said, “is an approach to early-stage
investment in entrepreneurs who are stepping in where
markets and government have failed the poor. Acumen’s
patient capital approach is straightforward, but new.” I went
on to explain that we raise philanthropic donations and
invest for ten years (or more) in companies that serve the
poor. We bring management support, introduce new
markets and networks, and make a long-term commitment
to partnering in order to impact the lives of the poor. Patient
capital focuses not simply on maximizing profits but also on
holding the tension of both social impact and financial
returns.
The VC did not conceal his allergic reaction to the idea
of trade-offs. “If you build a highly profitable business that
people value, it will grow virally,” he said, using a popular (if
overused and misunderstood) Valley term.
“Yes,” I said, “but we can’t assume that we’ll build a
profitable model in the short term. Reaching people with
limited income and hobbled trust requires a balance that
harvests the strengths of both markets and philanthropy.
Finding that balance doesn’t happen overnight.”
I started to explain that we had just invested in a new
development community outside Lahore, Pakistan, that
aimed to construct five hundred houses. Building a
development for slum dwellers on land so barren it
resembled a moonscape would require not just
infrastructure such as water and electricity, but also
creating Pakistan’s first-ever mortgage product for low-
income people that was sharia-compliant (governed by
Islamic religious law).
The VC stopped me again. “But five hundred houses?
That’s not very interesting.”
“It will take time to build trust among low-income
people who have had scam artists sell them houses on
paper and then disappear,” I said. As in most developing
countries, Pakistan’s urban poor tend to live in large,
informal slum settlements on the outskirts of town, with
little or no government infrastructure. It took time to
navigate the bureaucracy and corruption endemic to low-
income housing everywhere. And the product had to be
priced so that people who paid forty or fifty dollars per
month in rent could afford to buy a house.
I could hear myself growing defensive. Something in the
VC’s manner made me feel rushed and inarticulate. I was,
clearly, failing to persuade him.
“I still don’t understand why you’re thinking so small,”
the VC repeated. “This is the problem with social enterprise:
you work at the margins without really changing anything.”
He said he might be interested in five million houses. “But
five hundred houses?” he repeated. “Why even bother?”
Now it was my turn to be frustrated. Hadn’t the VC
heard the challenges I’d just described? By then, I’d spent
more than twenty years trying to make change in low-
income communities, and understood the complex ground
realities that made solving poverty so challenging. When
you are investing in a technology platform company such as
Google or Amazon, yes, you can reach millions of people
seemingly overnight. But housing for the poor? If it were
that easy, there wouldn’t be a seven-million-housing-unit
shortfall in Pakistan. (Today, the number is closer to ten
million.)
“Why even bother?” I responded. “Because if you don’t
bother, we’re stuck with the status quo. And that isn’t
working for the people who most need change.” I repeated
the reasons we needed to be both patient and urgent. “We
will be audacious,” I said, “as soon as we have a model that
can grow to scale. Creating that model requires innovating
in unknown territory.”
The VC was unconvinced; he passed on the opportunity.
My conundrum was one common to anyone introducing
a new approach to solving old problems. While I could paint
a vivid picture with lived experiences of what had not
worked in international development, I had no proof of how
the patient capital model did work. I could only describe
what could be. And there was little my team and I could do
about that except to continue to seek and support
innovations that might succeed, and accompany them until
they did.
I left the meeting feeling diminished by my failure to
convince the VC of the merit of the patient capital model
and daunted at the thought that it might take years before
the model was taken seriously.
It was even more confounding for me to see investors
who had rejected a patient capital model turn around and
give millions in philanthropy to splashy top-down ventures
with little chance of long-term success. In the early 2000s, a
number of well-intentioned entrepreneurs-cum-donors made
grand proclamations about building thousands of schools,
adopting communities, or fashioning merry-go-rounds as
creative ways to pump water. These were big bets on
scaling solutions, with audacious promises of massive short-
term payoffs. Missing from the equation was the humility to
start by listening to what the poor actually needed and
wanted, to focus on building a business model that actually
worked, and only then, to focus on growing the solution to
reach millions.
After a few years of enormous spending, many of the
projects failed, leaving empty schools, broken wells, and
more disenfranchised and mistrustful communities. The
philanthropists moved on—some having learned from the
experience, some blaming the communities rather than
examining their own choices. Solving complex problems is
rarely accomplished with a silver bullet or a single approach.
Effective leaders looking to bring about change have no
choice but to hold opposing values without rejecting either.
The venture capitalist was right in that we must have
the audacity to imagine a different future. John F. Kennedy’s
audacious vision for landing on the moon inspired a nation
to do the impossible. We must have the kind of audacity
that drove a new generation to build technologies that
changed the way humans interacted across the globe. And
we must balance that audacity with a new humility that
considers and is accountable for the unintended
consequences of our actions.
If audacity and humility must be balanced to shift
systems, so must accountability and generosity. Our current
institutions have traditionally leaned toward one or the
other rather than encompassing both. We assume the
business sector is more accountable and efficient; the
charitable sector, more generous. Because Acumen bridges
both the nonprofit and for-profit sectors, co-investors have
phoned me more than once to demand that Acumen make a
grant to help an ailing company we were both supporting.
One memorable call came from an irate co-investor in Africa
who reached me on a Saturday morning at my home in New
York City. He was unhappy with my team’s insistence that all
co-investors work with the troubled company on the same
financial terms. The investor believed that Acumen alone
should bail out the company, which was navigating
treacherous financial waters.
“Why us alone?” I asked. “Why wouldn’t you also
support the company?”
“You are patient capital,” he responded. “You can afford
to help.”
I almost laughed out loud, for he represented a much
larger and richer institution, one that could presumably take
much more financial risk than Acumen.
“We can be generous, yes,” I said, “but equally, we
focus on accountability. If you are interested in the future of
the company, we’ll work through how best to do it together
—and take equal risk in doing so.”
My response triggered a powerful reaction. “You get on
stages and talk about love,” this investor said, “but when it
comes down to it, you’re just like everyone else.”
I was taken aback. “I’m sorry, but our focus is patient
capital. It is not stupid capital,” I said, deliberately using
language that I thought would resonate with him. I believe
in love, to be sure. But real love requires setting
expectations and helping people gain the capacities to meet
those expectations. That entails being willing to have
uncomfortable conversations, to know when and how to
step in financially, and to understand when a bailout creates
dependency. Real love is not a soft skill. In this particular
case, we needed to send a message to the ailing company,
and the market, that all investors believed in the company
and were working together to turn around its operations—
head and heart.
Those who see the role of business as solely to make a
profit often employ either-or thinking. But presupposing that
profits alone signal the existence of social good limits our
ability to think creatively, collaboratively, and
constructively, not to mention realistically. The mirror
image, relying solely on charity or government, is limiting as
well. In a world of interdependence, we will flourish only if
we move to “both-and” thinking, integrating purpose and
profit, generosity and accountability, the community and the
individual.
Holding on to both-and thinking requires sustained
effort. It is much easier to focus on profit alone or to ignore
financial discipline and throw money where your
heartstrings tug you. But if you are looking for easy
solutions, you probably will not realize substantive change.
In 1527, the Italian philosopher Niccolò Machiavelli
wrote about the tensions between leading with love or fear,
two proxies for generosity and accountability. While
Machiavelli’s Prince preferred fear, young leaders often tell
me that they would rather lead with love. But if fear or
accountability on its own can be punitive and diminishing,
love or generosity alone can create dependency and
entitlement. With both, progress hangs in the balance.
As the world becomes more entangled and institutions
more diverse, the capacity to hold opposing values without
rejecting either has emerged as a critical skill for solution
building. Consider a simple mantra: “Use feelings of
discomfort as a proxy for progress.” The disquiet may not
make decisions easier, but it will help you identify the forces
you are dealing with, buttressed by both conscience and
reason.
Jawad Aslam, the young man who created the five-
hundred-unit housing development I describe at the
beginning of this chapter, perfected the art of holding
opposing values. It took him many years, but learning to
allow for and acknowledge dual perspectives, he was able to
build homes, not just houses, for a community that had
always scraped by on the margins.
I met Jawad in Lahore in 2006, about a year after he’d
arrived. A Pakistani American from Baltimore, he’d had a
solid career in commercial real estate until the events of
9/11 roused in him a yearning for more. He experienced
firsthand the mistrust that many Americans began to harbor
about Muslims and felt his own religious identity deepen.
The time seemed right to travel to his parents’ homeland to
try to be of use.
Once in Pakistan, Jawad apprenticed with Tasneem
Siddiqui, one of the nation’s gurus of affordable housing,
who offered him the chance to lead a project called Saiban.
In order to sustain itself, the Saiban housing development
needed to be profitable. From the beginning, Jawad was
more interested in building community than merely
constructing physical pieces of property. All people would be
welcome as potential homeowners, provided they were
there to live and actively participate in the community.
Unlike many developers of affordable housing, he felt
responsible for basic services, a sense of security, and an
enabling of social cohesion. In turn, he asked residents to
help tend the parks and common spaces, thus forging a
sense of community while also empowering individual
households to gain choice and freedom.
The nexus of these contradictory forces was the
community mosque. People of all faiths were welcome to
live in Saiban—and they came, not only from the slums of
Lahore, but some from as far away as Karachi, a fifteen-hour
drive. The home buyers represented most sects of Islam,
with a small number of Hindu and Christian families (in
Pakistan, Hindus and Christians each represent about 2
percent of the population). Each sect wanted to use the
mosque for prayers on a daily basis.
But as there was only one mosque, giving every sect
exactly what it wanted was infeasible. In Jawad’s mind,
there was no better way to reinforce the idea of a shared
community than to ask all Muslims to pray together—and
that would require some loss of individual autonomy, an
independence each sect had enjoyed prior to moving into
this new place.
At first, Jawad’s view that the mosque could and should
be shared isolated him: few agreed with him. In modern
Pakistan, it is unusual to see mosques filled with Muslim
worshippers of different sects; a Christian corollary would be
Catholics and various branches of Protestants attending the
same Sunday service. But Jawad conceived his seemingly
radical idea as a chance to renew values of community
within the context of modern diversity.
Moreover, there was precedent in Pakistan for sharing a
mosque. Until the early 1970s, diverse members of a
community would gather together in the local mosque each
week to pray, whether they were Deobandi or Barelvi, both
Sunni sects, or even members of a Shi’a sect.
Rather than capitulate to the modern tendency to want
only what is good for ourselves, Jawad insistently argued for
what was best for everyone. He carried this idea of the
commons in tension with his commitment to encouraging
each family to build their own house in whatever style
suited them. While the residents appreciated the freedom to
reflect their individuality in the homes they built, many
residents disliked the idea that they would have to share the
most sacred time of each day with people whose traditions
diverged, however slightly, from their own.
Month after month, Jawad negotiated, cajoled, and
arbitrated among the competing sects. “There were times
when we had to stop meetings altogether because people
became physical,” he remembers. Residents wanted to feel
comfortable and safe “with their own.” Still, he never lost
sight of his fundamental objective: a peaceful, diverse
community that would ultimately reinforce a sense of
belonging.
Finally, after more than a year, Jawad and the elders
came to an agreement. The community elected a highly
respected imam, who led daily prayers as all sects sat and
prayed together.
My husband, Chris, and I were planning to visit Jawad at
the housing development in May 2010 on what turned out to
be the day after terrorists attacked two mosques in Lahore,
murdering nearly one hundred people during Friday prayer.
The tragedy was a cruel reminder of how hatred and fear of
the other can lead humans to engage in abhorrent,
murderous acts. Stunned and saddened, we decided to stick
with our plan, almost as an antidote to the shocking
violence the city had just witnessed.
As we made the twenty-five-minute drive from
downtown Lahore to Saiban, Chris and I sat in tense silence.
Any unspoken anxiety vanished, however, as we arrived and
walked across familiar parks filled with laughing children,
their parents relaxing beneath tall trees I’d seen planted
years before as tiny saplings. A big-armed woman sold
candy and trinkets out of her tiny shop to chattering
neighbors. For a moment, we forgot the violence just a few
miles away; this tiny pocket of the world was tranquil,
comforting.
Chris remarked that the community also was more
vibrant than some suburban neighborhoods he knew in the
United States, where households appeared distant and
isolated from one another. I recalled the hardships Jawad
endured in the beginning of Saiban’s existence, as he tried
to convince residents to take responsibility for maintaining
their collective green spaces. He had planted those trees,
hoping neighbors would join him; at the time, they merely
thanked him for his efforts but offered no support
themselves. He tried shaming people. That didn’t work,
either. But as more houses were built, a friendly competition
naturally arose among various blocks as each tried to make
their park the best. The result, finally, was a beautiful semi-
urban oasis.
We approached a group of elders, all men, sitting
outside the mosque conversing with one another. They told
us of their pride in the community, how it had become a
place of hope for residents. Their children attend good
schools, they said. Jobs had come, too, and buses regularly
transported workers to town. As for the mosque, all was
good, the elders said. One of the men mentioned that
during the recent spate of sectarian violence across Lahore,
their community was one where the peace was never
broken.
I reminded Jawad of the extraordinary number of
grueling, uncomfortable hours he personally had invested in
listening to individual needs and balancing them with his
vision for a robust community.
He smiled. “Everyone here is a migrant from the city,”
he said. “Some come from as far away as Karachi because
they’ve heard this is a welcoming place.” He continued:
“Nobody migrates by choice. There’s always some hardship
or reason why people have to leave the place they originally
called home. Our job is to try to facilitate that process for
them. And they in return have to learn to live with others
who are different, which leads to some kind of loss for them,
too.” In short, Jawad had deliberately built a community, not
just a development of individual houses.
Finding and maintaining the right balance between the
individual and the community, freedom and belonging,
competition and collaboration, requires moral leadership
precisely because that balance can be discovered only by
inviting constructive conflict for the betterment of the
whole. Done correctly, efforts like Jawad’s can serve as a
model for new social infrastructure with the potential to
bring out the best in people, asking each of us to manage
the inevitable inherent tensions required to live in a
community where all are valued.
If we ignore the tensions within ourselves, our
organizations, and our societies—if we keep the conflicts
internalized and unmentioned—they don’t disappear.
Instead, as soon as we begin navigating complex issues and
decisions across lines of difference, those conflicts become
exacerbated. The key is to recognize and give voice to the
tensions in ways that both sides of a debate can hear, a
sometimes thankless task, to be sure, yet fundamental to
the practice of moral leadership.
In the winter of 2017, a group of about twenty Acumen
fellows from India and Pakistan organized a series of video
discussions among themselves. Most of these fellows hadn’t
previously met; and indeed, some had never had a direct
conversation with any person on “the other side” of the
national lines dividing India from Pakistan. But tensions
between the two countries had been rising, and the two
groups were eager to practice transcending the boundaries
that separated them.
The groups of fellows from both countries created
ground rules and reminded themselves to seek some truth
in what the others were saying. They dared to utter the
prejudices they held about one another. Mostly, they
listened. The conversations were brave and tender; and
sometimes, excruciatingly stressful.
I had the privilege of checking in with each group
afterward, and I remember a Pakistani woman sharing
almost apologetically how nationalistic she felt at times
during the video encounters. “Suddenly, I became purely
Pakistani and experienced moments of mistrust that gave
me shame afterward,” she confessed. This led to an
important conversation about identity, and the ways in
which it can impede our abilities to reach out to understand
another’s perspective.
While visiting Mumbai a few months after the video
sessions, I spoke to a group of Indian Acumen fellows. The
conversation was again grounded in identity, but what
happened next was a powerful example of the challenges of
holding tensions when belief systems push us to retreat to
comfortable corners. One young man said he’d felt proud of
participating in the conversations, reaching across cultural
and political differences in troubled times, so he posted a
screenshot of the video call on Facebook.
“Almost immediately,” he said, “I was deluged with
hatred. What hurt most was that some of the most outraged
responses came from childhood friends.”
At home that evening, he shared his experiences with
his parents, hoping for empathy. Instead, he met a dark wall
of rage.
“It was bad enough that you decided to become a social
entrepreneur,” his father scolded. “Now you are consorting
with the enemy. Your uncle died in the Partition. We have
family in the Indian Army.
“You must decide whether you are with your family or
with the enemy,” his father continued. “You must decide if
you are a true Indian.”
The young man looked at me ruefully, and asked, “Is it
possible to be both an Indian patriot and a global citizen?”
Hearing those words was heartbreaking, though I
shouldn’t have been surprised. The early twenty-first
century has witnessed growing strains that reinforce in-
groups that find strength in creating mistrusted out-groups.
I said to him, “If you define patriotism as being the best
at the expense of other peoples and nations, and if you
blame others for your own problems or refuse to engage,
then you cannot be a patriot and a global citizen.”
He stared as I spoke.
“But,” I continued, “if you are willing to model a sense of
belonging that translates into responsibility for the national
good, and if you believe in celebrating the remarkable parts
of your nation with the rest of the world, while recognizing
exceptional aspects of other nations, then you are indeed a
patriot. And the world needs more of such patriots.”
Just as any solid relationship or familial unit needs to
include strong individuals to thrive, so a family of nations
requires healthy countries to work toward their own
wholeness and contribute to the global community. Today’s
problems (climate change, inequality, refugees, outbreaks
of disease and terrorism) know no national boundaries. We
will solve them only if we can hold the uncomfortable
tension of national priorities on the one hand and the
urgency of our global challenges on the other. We must
commit to building sustainable neighborhoods, companies,
and nations, each of them locally rooted and globally
connected, each giving more to the world than it takes.
Can I be a patriot and a global citizen?
Absolutely. Proudly. Even if sometimes uncomfortably.
In every country, we hear similar conversations. Our
fears can propel us into corners where we hold ourselves
hostage to ideologies that reinforce differences. We stop
listening to the other side, fearing loss to ourselves, even if
we don’t fully understand what that loss might be.
In the United States, for instance, fear of immigrants
and refugees has driven neighbors into two angry camps.
“Build a wall!” one side screams. “Open borders,” the other
side retorts with equal rage. The actual details of either
position don’t seem to matter as long as each side feels
satisfied with its own righteousness.
By allowing polarities to dominate a debate, we free
ourselves from facing the painful trade-offs and costs that
every choice entails. And we deny ourselves the opportunity
to rediscover that we are better than we think we are.
We will not have any hope of finding humane, effective
solutions until we quiet ourselves enough to hold the truths
that, though seemingly opposite, do exist on either side.
What if we slowed down enough to reach out and identify a
truth or even a half-truth in what the other was saying? Both
sides, one hopes, would acknowledge that there are no easy
solutions to immigration in a world besieged by poverty,
inequality, and climate change; a world in which the
populations in rich countries are shrinking while the number
of people in poor countries is growing. The population of the
African continent alone is expected to double by 2050 and
nearly quadruple by 2100. Only by daring to recognize the
uneasy truths that lie far, far apart will we gain the chance
to solve our common problems.
Rumi wrote, “Out beyond ideas of wrongdoing and
rightdoing there is a field. I’ll meet you there.” Eight
hundred years later, we have a chance to breathe new
meaning into this ancient wisdom. A modern moral
revolution demands that all of us hold contradictions, even
stark ones, within ourselves as well as between ourselves
and others. For each of us, the first step is to reach across
the wall of either-or and acknowledge the truths that exist in
opposing perspectives.
When engaging someone whose views are opposed to
your own, consider taking these three steps. First, seek, with
eager curiosity, the truths in the other side’s argument.
Second, take a figurative stride, even a small one, toward
the other, acknowledging where there might be common
ground. And third, hold tightly to the essence of your whole
self, while embracing other aspects of your identity lightly.
You must be open to change and learning if you expect the
other side to be the same. Whether we’re talking to an
impatient venture capitalist or tiptoeing through a political
minefield, these skills can help us find better ways forward
that may not please everyone but will bring more of us
along.
After repaying Acumen for the loan to Saiban, Jawad
Aslam went on to create a for-profit housing development
based on a similar model. Nearly a decade after he first
arrived in Pakistan, he successfully sold half that housing
company, providing Acumen and other investors with
double-digit returns. He also raised twenty-five million
dollars from a strategic partner who had deeper experience
in housing than we did to build sustainable communities
across all of Pakistan.
And still, Jawad balanced opposing values in the way he
shared success. Rather than keep the 50 percent of shares
from the sale of the company for himself, he split them up
among its employees, including the young man who serves
the tea. Jawad has proven that mortgages can be made
affordable to the poor—and sustainable to lenders.
As I write this, I cannot help but think of that long-ago
conversation with the Silicon Valley VC. I wonder what that
venture capitalist would have made of Jawad’s
accomplishments today. In addition to building eight
hundred homes, he has built a model for affordable,
sustainable community development from which countless
others can learn. He helped housing policy in Pakistan
become more transparent and accessible. In short, he lives
a life capable of inspiring other change-makers across the
world.
Though Jawad repaid our investment in his company
with a healthy financial return, our partnership with him is
forever: he is now on Acumen’s Global Advisory, helping us
navigate new challenges. Even if things had turned out
differently and his entire housing development had failed,
by holding firmly to his mission, embracing the tensions,
and finding the courage to stand apart and do what was
right, Jawad would have built something valuable: his
character.
When we dare to understand the other, we find the
seeds of our best selves.
I can’t help but think of the housing crisis facing San
Francisco. In that city, so close to where the VC and I had
our long-ago conversation, some of the most successful
companies in the world must confront the unintended
consequences of the economic boom they’ve created:
widespread homelessness, a by-product of inequality. How
valuable would Jawad’s learning, experience, and character
be to that city today? Here, again, solutions will require both
audacity and humility.
In every family, organization, community, and nation,
there are fields in which we all must dare to meet. A moral
revolution demands that all of us do more to reach across
the wall of either-or and to acknowledge the truths that
exist at the opposite poles. Most of our solutions lie in the
truths or partial truths on each side, “out beyond ideas of
wrongdoing and rightdoing.”
Chapter 8
AVOID THE
CONFORMI
TY TRAP
A few months before the financial crisis of 2008, a
prominent Swiss banker invited me to serve on an advisory
council for a new fund he was developing. The fund would
invest in microfinance institutions that, in turn, would make
small loans (from thirty to a few thousand dollars) to poor
women in the developing world. “This fund is going to
generate the highest financial returns in our portfolio,” the
eager professional said, “and there is little risk associated
with it.”
I felt a knot in the pit of my stomach. “So, you’re asking
me to join an advisory in which a Swiss bank plans to earn
their highest returns from the poorest women in the world,
at little risk to the rich? Doesn’t that sound odd to you?”
The banker quickly responded, “Don’t think of it as
making money off the poor.”
“How should I think of it, then?” I asked, “especially
given your pitch that this fund will generate the highest
financial returns of all the funds you manage.”
The banker became a bit sheepish. “Fair enough,” he
said. “But don’t you agree that a fund investing in
microfinance banks is a step in the right direction? This will
bring more money into a sector that needs to grow. This is a
chance to do well by doing good.” He added, “It would be
great to have a voice like yours interacting with a bank like
ours.”
His flattery pricked a slight feeling of mistrust.
“Traditional investors with no background in low-income
markets looking for high returns make me nervous,” I said.
“But you will meet wealthy investors on the advisory
and build a relationship with our bank, which could help
your own fund-raising,” the banker responded.
I paused to work out what was bothering me. The Swiss
banker seemed genuinely thrilled that his fund was creating
a positive impact. But at the same time, he’d structured a
conventional financial vehicle in a system that rewards
greed without considering whether or how that system
would deliver on its promises to “do good” for the poor. My
feelings were complex. I was, and am, a believer in the
strategic imperative of providing low-income people access
to affordable credit to enable them to enhance their
capabilities and choices. And we at Acumen had invested
our own patient capital to help build several microfinance
institutions when we believed our investment would be most
catalytic.
Then it dawned on me. The key difference between the
Swiss banker’s approach and that of Acumen lay in how we
each perceived means and ends. The banker saw financial
returns as his end. If the poor were served—well, that was
an ancillary benefit. He had never visited the microfinance
banks in which his funds had invested; he’d never met any
of their low-income borrowers. My mistrust was not of him
as a person but of a system that would make decisions
based on short-term profitability, not on whether those he
professed to serve were seeing positive changes in their
lives.
Distance easily dulls our moral imagination. In the
banker’s case, just believing that he could sell a product
that allowed investors to “do well by doing good” was
enough. He had geographical distance from those who
would be making and taking out the loans, and that afforded
him emotional distance, too. What mattered to the banker
was generating high returns for his shareholders. What
mattered to me was something else. I wanted to use the
tools of the market as a means to solve poverty, not as an
end. We were playing in different arenas, with different
intentions. I thanked the man for his kind offer, but passed
on the opportunity to join his board.
When a product for the very poor is marketed as doing
good while generating outsized profits at zero risk for the
very rich, a moral question is born. In a world of extreme
inequality, what kind of economic system is just? By
conforming to a system structured solely to maximize
shareholder returns, we avoid taking personal responsibility
for the answer to that moral question.
Conformity to traditional market priorities is a trap that
can make it exceedingly difficult to do what is right.
Decisions that depend on moral choice, not transactional
effectiveness, are rarely straightforward once you are clear
about what’s at stake. If I had decided to join the banker’s
board in order to influence the fund’s ongoing activities,
yes, I probably would have met influential people who could
have helped Acumen. But I ultimately needed to know that I
would be partnering with someone who was at least open to
going against the grain of shareholder capitalism.
A few months later, when the financial crash occurred,
the economic system got a reckoning—and most everyone
was touched by it. In the United States, many on Wall Street
and on Main Street alike lost fortunes. Millions lost their
homes. Most traders agreed that the financial system had
gotten out of control. Still, they defended their actions,
arguing that they never did anything illegal, unable or
unwilling to wrestle publicly with whether what they did was
right. Meanwhile, millions of people with no financial
cushion, caught up in the promises of “easy money,” had
risked their futures and paid a dreadful price. In the end,
everyone lost. As for that Swiss banker, he never got his
microfinance investment fund off the ground.
No matter how determined we are to do the right thing,
we all fall prey to conformity traps within the system we’ve
chosen. We want to “win,” to appear successful, respected,
or powerful, so we cut corners and tell little white lies. We
hold our itching tongues when people around us demean
those from another group—not because we are bad people
but because we don’t want colleagues or friends, religious
leaders or classmates, parents or siblings, to think we are
weak, disloyal, naïve, unsophisticated, or foolish. And
sometimes, in the longer term, we end up causing harm; we
end up becoming the person we said we’d never be.
Our anxieties germinate in the systems we inhabit. Who
are we measuring ourselves against? Whose opinions
matter to us? What does winning even look like?
Mustering the moral courage needed to do what’s right,
not what’s easy, requires knowing when conformity is a
force for good and when it instead muffles our conscience.
The theologian Reinhold Niebuhr wrote that “groups are
more immoral than individuals.” By shifting the blame to
systems bigger than us, we tend to convince ourselves that
we have no choice but to “go along to get along.” But if you
dare to act on dreams of change, you must find the guts to
stand apart while also building the relationships needed to
design better systems.
The warning signs of traps nearby read almost like a bad
poem:
It’s just business as usual.
Everybody’s doing it.
And I don’t want to look stupid.
If I don’t do it, someone else will.
No one else is saying anything.
Don’t the ends justify the means?
I really don’t have another choice.
I wouldn’t do this just for myself.
People are counting on me.
Besides, I’ll do it just this once …
Self-justifying phrases, uttered by you or those around
you, separate you from accountability. Like the banker who
was emotionally removed from the people his fund would
have impacted, it’s easy to insulate ourselves from our
actions. But we can make the choice to be guided by our
own moral compass and play for the long term. Stay close
to people who keep you honest and who will stand by when
you feel isolated, or worse. Keep in mind that business as
usual remains that way until we change our definition of
what is “normal.”
It’s also easy to be a critic who regularly finds fault
rather than proposes solutions or, better yet, risks her
reputation attempting them. So, avoid the trap of
perfection, not just the trap of conformity. If you are a
builder, there will undoubtedly be times when you have no
choice but to compromise in service of a greater goal. Think
of the gray areas Andrew Otieno had to navigate to
reconstruct the market in Kibera. Moral leadership requires
the judgment to make the right short-term compromises so
as to realize the long-term change we seek.
Rejecting conformity outright is required for change.
Until 1865, slavery was business as usual in the United
States. The abolition of legal slavery began with those few
courageous individuals who dared to go against the moral
conventions of the time, conventions endorsed, in many
cases, by teachers, parents, religious leaders, and, again,
the law itself. Many who protested paid the ultimate price
for their actions, and the abolition movement required
strong allies to stand with them before the tide turned.
If you are a change agent, then you are by definition a
nonconformist. You stand for something. Get used to the
awkwardness of turning right when everyone else turns left,
and pursue what you know to be true. And before you
partner or invest, do your homework to understand a
person’s character rather than be swayed solely by
charisma or connections. I have been burned more than
once by trusting someone because they had received
ringing endorsements from people I admired.
In the same year as the financial crisis, Acumen
invested in a company led by a magnetic, capable
entrepreneur. (I’ve withheld the name of the company and
country to protect innocent people.) At first, the
entrepreneur gained significant momentum, and local
recognition, for his highly efficient and profitable company.
Our team was swayed to invest partially due to the
entrepreneur’s commitment to allocating a percentage of
the start-up’s services to the poor. But the first time I met
with him, after we’d invested, I was left with a nagging
feeling that something was wrong.
Sometimes your gut recognizes what your brain initially
misses. Within eighteen months of our investing, the
company was thriving financially and creating significant
impact. At the same time, our local team discovered that
the entrepreneur was keeping two separate sets of financial
books—one for us and a much-less-profitable one for the tax
collector. When we brought this to the entrepreneur’s
attention, he explained matter-of-factly that “everyone does
it.”
Acumen has a strict ethics statement that every
investor signs. The practice of keeping two sets of books is
illegal and unethical. What, we asked ourselves, should our
next move be? Here, too, we risked falling into the
conformity trap. We assumed that if we took the case to
court, we would fail. And when we reached out to a few
investors to ask how they handled such issues, more than a
few suggested that the practice of using two sets of books
was, indeed, “business as usual.”
We knew what we had to do, but it is not easy to write
down profitable investments, especially ones demonstrating
social impact. Writing off our investment would result in a
hefty financial loss to Acumen. Yet, if we did nothing, we’d
reinforce unethical behavior, reduce our legitimacy as
champions for impact (even if only in our eyes), and take a
painful hit to our own integrity. “Everyone does it” cannot be
society’s or any organization’s standard for decision making.
But doing the right thing can be soul crushing and
frustratingly lonely when peers or colleagues would rather
you “won” according to the rules of the status quo.
Our team at Acumen conferred: Were we willing to write
off our investment completely if we couldn’t find someone
to buy our stake? Were we willing to go to court, given an
unreliable justice system? And what if we could convince the
entrepreneur to change his ways? Were we willing to extend
our trust to him again?
We reached out to the entrepreneur to give him a
second chance. He refused, reiterating that keeping two
sets of books was accepted business practice in his country.
I realized that our real failure had been in doing too little to
understand this misalignment of values before we invested.
Corruption is a disease with epidemiological patterns
that spread and fester. The poor suffer costly and
sometimes harrowing permanent consequences: health
services and police protection are sometimes denied unless
bribes are paid, and those unable to pay, often innocent
people, lose their health, their freedom, their livelihoods,
and even their lives. Systems grow so corrupt that people
feel incapacitated unless they participate in the brokenness
of it all, and the potential of everyone to live with dignity is
diminished.
The Acumen team decided to exit the company. We sold
our shares at a relatively small loss to another impact
investor that didn’t mind investing in a company that was
compromised and preferred to focus on its potential impact.
For a year after the sale, we watched the company grow in
its reach and prosper financially, gaining media coverage for
its impact. Some, I’m sure, wondered whether, in this case,
the ends did justify the means.
Some months later, I picked up a local newspaper and
saw the face of the entrepreneur looking straight out at me.
He’d been arrested for corruption. I hated to think of the
people who’d lose basic services, yet I was relieved that we
at Acumen had found a way to extract ourselves before the
investment devolved into crisis. I was reminded again of
why we invest in character, in those people willing to stand
apart from the crowd, sometimes opening themselves up to
looking foolish but always willing to grapple with doing the
right thing for their customers, employees, and society, not
just for the sake of profits.
Would the story still be persuasive if the entrepreneur
had been wildly successful? I think it would. Acumen had to
establish a norm, a code that our team and our companies
would live by. In creating more just, inclusive, and
sustainable systems, the means, not solely the ends,
matter. You make change when you model change.
Even when you are proven “right,” it is
counterproductive to revel in righteousness. Even as we at
Acumen breathed a sigh of relief that we’d exited the deal, I
knew that luck had also played a role. I’m certain that we’ve
made other mistakes in assessing character, and I have
never met a single person without flaws, starting with
myself. The best we can do is aspire to live with integrity, to
tell the truth and expect the truth from those with whom we
partner. Flaunting the moral high ground when others fall
does little to compel them or us to do the hard work of self-
assessment with honesty and humility. Your greatest calling
card is your reputation for integrity. Treat it like gold, though
it is worth even more.
A few years ago, one of the Acumen fellows cheated on
his expenses. Like Acumen’s entrepreneurs, our fellows sign
statements of ethics, which make clear our expectations for
their conduct when they join the Acumen community. Those
statements reinforce an ethos that we are striving to uphold
qualities of moral leadership. The community creates a
support system for mutual accountability.
My senior team at Acumen was split on what to do.
Some believed the fellow should be expelled from the
program immediately. Yet he was deeply remorseful and
asked for the opportunity to redeem himself. His boss
reinforced his otherwise stellar performance and character.
After thinking long and hard about the situation,
consulting both the fellow and two people close to the
situation, my senior team agreed on giving him a second
chance. We asked the fellow to write a letter to his boss and
to me, sharing lessons learned. He also wrote a letter to his
cohort of fellows, and a few weeks later, his in-person
apology led to a powerful conversation about the
community’s norms and expectations. Everyone grew from
the experience, and to this day, the young man has
continued to excel not just in what he does but in who he is.
While every situation is different, one thing remains
clear. As the American civil rights advocate Bryan Stevenson
has said, “Each of us is more than the worst thing we’ve
ever done.” Stevenson explained this idea: “I think if
somebody tells a lie, they’re not just a liar. I think if
somebody takes something that doesn’t belong to them,
they’re not just a thief.” If we banish someone from the
community before considering all the circumstances, if we
let go of a basically good person who has a fierce desire to
grow and contribute, look how much we miss.
Our modern instant-feedback society offers ample
opportunities to shame and blame, sometimes with
destructive and even deadly consequences. Say a young
person is caught cheating on an exam or stealing from her
organization’s petty cash. Perhaps, she felt great pressure to
send money home to her parents. Maybe she was testing
the system, or just being thoughtless. Although this is the
first time she’s violated the group’s ethical contract, when a
peer discovers what she has done, he posts a statement of
outrage, publicly shaming the young woman in question.
Within an hour, a barrage of angry voices rises in a pile-on
of shock and humiliation. Notions of restoration or
redemption, essential aspects of healthy communities, may
quickly feel futile.
The scene is uncomfortable and all too familiar. Can we
instead pause, try to understand, and focus on solutions?
Might we all take a few moments of reflection before we
comment on social media, thinking about what our words
will mean to the person in question and the whole
community?
In the early years after the Rwandan genocide, everyone in
the country possessed the powerful and necessary right to
accuse others of war crimes. That freedom also empowered
some to use “I accuse you” for nefarious purposes, charging
innocent neighbors because of past grievances having
nothing to do with genocidal actions. Others made
accusations purely out of greed. On a visit to the country in
1997, three years after the genocide, I remember the
almost unimaginable anxiety and despair expressed
privately by people who had been unjustly accused of
horrible acts. Even a baseless accusation could tarnish a
reputation by planting seeds of doubt in a society already
plagued by mistrust.
While the circumstances are usually less dramatic, the
internet enables all of us to be instant judges, which in
some cases unleashes roaring mobs. Our online lives bring
us close to those who think and feel like us. This is
wonderful in many ways, but it also creates conformity
traps. If we’re not careful, we can get swept along in toxic
forms of groupthink and mob behavior. We thus have a
corollary responsibility to balance judgment with
judiciousness, a responsibility requiring self-imposed
discipline. Thankfully, the world is full of role models carving
paths to what is right for all of us.
On March 15, 2019, a white supremacist attacked two
mosques in Christchurch, New Zealand, killing fifty people in
the middle of their Friday prayers. Refusing to conform to
tired conventions such as speaking compassionately to the
victims, sending thoughts and prayers, and blasting the
murderer’s name across global media platforms, New
Zealand’s thirty-eight-year-old prime minister, Jacinda
Ardern, quickly called for changes to the system. She
refused to use the name of the terrorist and moved within
days to change outdated gun laws. With compassion and
toughness, heart and head, the prime minister led with all
her humanity, bringing out the best not only in her own
citizens but in people across the world.
Constrained by neither female nor male stereotypes,
Jacinda Arden acted swiftly to protect her nation’s people
and stood with moral courage for those who had suffered
most. Her nonconformity set her apart in ways that invited
others to participate. Taking the prime minister’s lead, tens
of thousands of New Zealanders gathered to honor their
Muslim neighbors. Women of all ethnicities turned up
wearing headscarves, as their prime minister did. Even the
global media respected Ardern’s leadership, refusing to
splash the name of the terrorist across the world, thus
denying him his twisted lust for infamy. Rather than simply
mirroring those who had gone before her, the prime minister
set a new standard for a powerful moral response to hatred.
Each of us has opportunities to avoid conformity traps
and offer the world the best version of ourselves, whether
we are a prime minister, a teenager, or a corporate leader.
Fifteen-year-old Greta Thunberg of Sweden started a youth
movement in 2018, waging a one-girl protest to fight
climate change that eventually gained the attention of the
entire world. America’s most effective advocates for gun
reform include teenage survivors of a mass shooting in 2018
that killed seventeen students at Marjory Stoneman Douglas
High School, in Parkland, Florida. Young people are raising
their voices and calling for change, and the world is taking
note.
Brave CEOs, too, are standing apart. Bob Collymore, the
beloved Kenyan CEO of Safaricom, made public his net
worth and challenged his peers to do the same, though few
followed his lead. He fought corruption relentlessly and
modeled an ethos of service continuously. What made him a
true nonconformist, however, was the way he lived the
minutes of his life. Some of his closest friends grew up and
worked in Nairobi’s slums. During a time of heightened
terrorism, Collymore fasted for Ramadan to demonstrate
solidarity with Muslims.
“Never be ashamed of who you are,” he would tell
young people. “Never let people decide how you should feel
about yourself. A person’s a person no matter how small.”
Bob died too young, at sixty-three, but because he
dared to be his own man, his influence will last for
generations.
We often start out wanting to be like others until an
external event or situation forces us to confront the toll
society’s strictures impose on those who are different.
Gayatri Jolly, a privileged young Indian woman, grew up
assuming she would join her family’s successful home care
business as one of its first women directors. She attended
the “right” schools in the United States and studied business
to prepare herself. But back home in New Delhi, Gayatri
found herself spending two years sitting in her family office
feeling ineffective and, too often, ignored. Everyone,
including employees, assumed she would work for her
family only until she found a suitable husband. Instead,
Gayatri told her father that the arrangement wasn’t
working. And then, with his support, she moved to New York
City to study at the influential Parsons School of Design.
While at Parsons, Gayatri decided to build a company
that designed and manufactured beautiful clothing, a
company led, run, and aimed at women. Her social
enterprise, which she called MasterG, would also train
women to become masterjis, or expert pattern makers, a
profession that in South Asia was held only by men at the
time. Well-intentioned friends and relatives urged her to
aspire to be a designer with her own collection, a much
more conventional, status-oriented route. For Gayatri, the
price of nonconformity was hearing others make light of her
desire to “help the poor” as if she were simply a “failed
designer” on a mission.
Though aware of her privileged position in society,
Gayatri knew what it felt like to be invisible in her own
family’s business, and thus a sort of outsider. Time would
teach her to use her sense of invisibility as a gift. Coupling
that with her empathy for underprivileged and underserved
women who had none of her access, she was able to
imagine using her privilege as a bridge to them. She
followed a thread, an instinct—that she had the skills and
knowledge to offer the garment industry—and in doing so,
served a group that had for too long been invisible.
In early 2017, I visited Gayatri’s training center on the
edge of a semi-urban hamlet called Gwal Pahari, on the
outskirts of New Delhi. The village, home to the traditional
Gujjar community, is a place with high reported levels of
child marriage and domestic abuse. Female feticide is also
common. Indeed, some of the young women in Gayatri’s
program suffer chronic illness from repeated illegal
abortions, forced on them by families who did not want to
welcome additional daughters. Yet a growing number of
young women either escaped their families or found ways to
secure their blessing to join Gayatri’s MasterG training
program.
The tailoring room, a place usually associated with poor
working conditions, was bright and filled with young women
in their late teens and twenties, all of them moving through
different stages of pattern making and stitching classes.
Some sat at sewing machines; others learned to make
patterns. Gayatri had taken her lessons from Parsons and
extended them to these women.
Beyond practical skills, the program teaches the women
to think more freely, to create and give voice to their
knowledge. Asked regularly for their opinions and their
decisions, often for the first time in their lives, these women
necessarily confront the socialization that required them to
be seen but not heard, to be nice and know nothing, and to
believe that they were worth less than a man.
“Our community must break the pattern of prejudice
against women,” Gayatri says frequently, her pun intended
to communicate action both to the women she serves and
to the industry she hopes to reform. “To change the system,
our women must begin by changing themselves.” Gayatri
dreams that some of the trainees will become celebrated
outside the studio and serve as role models for young
women across India and the world.
One of the masterjis, a petite young woman named
Rajni Mourya, was slight of build with long hair and wide
brown eyes and was attired in a bright pink-and-white dress
with flouncy sleeves. Rajni’s father, an informal laborer, had
died when she was a teen, leaving her with a sick and
debilitated mother and younger siblings to support. Upon
her father’s death, she dropped out of university to scratch
out a meager income by providing tailoring services in her
local area.
“Girls like Rajni weren’t meant to succeed,” Gayatri told
me.
Life changed radically once Rajni joined the MasterG
Fashion Design and Skill Development Program. Seeing how
Rajni cut patterns and tailored garments for her class
assignments, Gayatri perceived a rare talent, and I soon saw
what she meant. Rajni is now working full-time with Gayatri,
pattern making and stitching for the company’s upscale
clients across the world. She is also pursuing a degree via
distance learning.
Rajni stood at Gayatri’s side to welcome me to MasterG.
Rajni was learning English, so Gayatri did most of the
talking. “We’re going to make a jacket as our gift for you,”
she said, beaming, adding that Rajni would be the one to
take my measurements and do all the tailoring and
finishing. Gayatri pointed to a small room where Rajni and I
and a couple of the young women who could help translate
would gather. While Rajni was expertly taking my
measurements, I asked her what her dreams were.
“I want to be a Somebody,” she said, adopting language
commonly used at Acumen. I smiled.
As she was taking the last measurement, it was Rajni’s
turn to smile. When I asked her the reason behind her ear-
to-ear grin, she blushed. “I got your measurements
perfectly,” she said. “I don’t need to change anything.”
“Anything of what?” I asked, not fully understanding
what she was talking about. Her friend explained that she
and Gayatri had already blocked out the pattern earlier, and
Rajni was fairly certain of my measurements.
“But we’ve never met,” I said, stating the obvious. “How
were you able to guess my measurements with such
precision?”
She seemed puzzled by my surprise. “Oh, madam, I
watched you on YouTube,” she said matter-of-factly. “That’s
how I could guess. I know your colors, too,” she added. A
few minutes later, she showed me an array of silks, each
dyed a different jewel tone, all perfectly curated for me.
A generation ago, Rajni would likely have lived a life
trapped by tradition and poverty, with limited freedom and
little ability to support her family financially. Now she has
access to a world-class education, a support system, and a
steady income. She has a chance to dream in ways not
afforded to most young women in her community, nor in
any previous generation. Like Gayatri, she dared to be a
nonconformist and, as Gayatri regularly says, “break the
pattern.”
Of course, Rajni and the other young women sometimes
have to switch their mannerisms, behaviors, and even the
way they speak when they are at home in order to survive
in their communities. They still regularly face situations in
which they pretend to know less than they do as a survival
mechanism. Some hide their work and, most definitely, their
dreams from family members. But more of them are moving
out of bad marriages, setting up shops of their own, finding
their voices, and building strength in the unity they offer
one another. Already, the MasterG women are becoming
role models for a new generation: Gayatri has trained more
than a thousand of them, all of whom were tired of waiting
for someone else to give them freedom.
Gayatri sees technology purely as a tool. She attracts
customers based on her unique talents and then uses online
communications to connect customers across the world to
expert pattern makers like Rajni. In this way, she extends
her privilege, her social capital, to bridge two worlds. Her
pattern makers gain skills, self-confidence, and increased
income. Customers are able to see the direct impact of their
choices. If we learn to control it and not be controlled by it,
technology does not have to divide us. It can be used to
feed and strengthen relationships.
As for Gayatri, I have no doubt that she will be a famous
designer. But her success will be a shared success. As Rajni
and the other young women learn to trust themselves and
fly, they will buoy Gayatri as well, enabling her to break
ever more patterns. Instead of striving to gain a seat at the
proverbial “table,” she is building a table of her own.
The difference between Gayatri and that Swiss banker is
that Gayatri avoided conformity traps. They both wanted to
do good for the world. The banker, however, believed his job
was to protect the short-term interests of his shareholders
by valuing profit above all else, even though when markets
turned, the most vulnerable stakeholders lost most. In
contrast, Gayatri devised in MasterG an inclusive business
model that refuses to see the world as separated by us and
them, profit and purpose. Indeed, the urgent challenge for
our times is to reimagine capitalism as a tool to enable our
wholeness rather than to reinforce our separation. There
could be no better blueprint for those of us who believe in
the need for a moral revolution, and only those who are able
to sidestep conformity traps can meet this challenge.
Chapter 9
USE THE
POWER OF
MARKETS,
DON’T BE
SEDUCED
BY THEM
When I started Acumen in 2001, many prospective donors
insisted we should be a for-profit fund. We were investing
patient capital in mostly for-profit companies, they
reasoned. If we used philanthropy to support for-profit
investments, we would muddy the waters. At the same
time, some nonprofit leaders flatly rejected out of hand the
idea that we would use business as a tool for change. After
a talk I gave in Bangladesh during Acumen’s early days, an
earnest young person accused me of being a “rapacious
venture capitalist, earning money off the backs of the poor.”
That hurt. But, as I have learned, making all sides
uncomfortable can be a signal that you are on to something.
I hear echoes of a similar conversation between
generations. The older generation, especially those who
lived in state-dominated economies like those in Eastern
Europe, China, Russia, India, and large parts of Africa,
remember lives of limited choices and opportunities and
tend to favor free markets. The younger generation, who
experienced the financial crisis of 2008, a calamity fueled
by unbridled greed, convincingly points to the ravages of
capitalism: inequality, divisiveness, climate change. Each
group clings to its own version of reality.
Let me make a plea for nuance.
On the one hand, markets, the part of the economy that
fulfills the needs of customers with products and services
provided by businesses, have a fundamental role to play in
healthy societies. At their best, markets efficiently allocate
resources to meet the greatest demand. As long as
individuals have access to them, markets give people
control over their own lives rather than leaving them to the
whims of government or charitable benefactors. Think of the
massive emergence from poverty over the past thirty years,
a billion people around the world supported by the opening
of markets (along with interventions such as better health
care and education).
On the other hand, if markets enable individual
freedom, they also create inequality. Unchecked, capitalism
overlooks or exploits those who cannot afford to pay;
insufficiently considers the well-being of employees; and
does not integrate onto balance sheets the cost of poorly
utilizing earth’s precious resources. The result is a
profoundly unequal society in which the wealthiest feel
above the system and the poorest feel left out altogether. In
other words, capitalism without restraint is not good for any
of us.
Moreover, when certain groups are barred from markets
because of politics or prejudice, they can’t participate fully
in society. Remember Vimal, whose community was denied
the opportunity to purchase a satellite dish for their
televisions until he and his friends fought to be served?
They weren’t asking for favors, only access to markets as a
form of freedom.1
Knowing how to use and build markets is one of the
most powerful tools we have for solving our problems. If you
want to change even a small part of the world, learn to use
the best of what markets can do while keeping them in their
place. Resist the allure of short-term profit making, but don’t
reject the market entirely. Hold the tension. Use the market
as a listening device (I explain this in chapter 4) and let it
teach you what people value alongside what they can
afford.
Indeed, the notion of the market as a listening device
can be a powerful starting point for understanding both
private and public problems. When Acumen first explored
the issue of safe drinking water, a basic human need, we
saw countless water filters designed to change the lives of
the poor. But the inventors of those technologies often failed
to let prospective clients’ needs and tastes inform their
designs.
Consequently, they learned far too late that people care
a lot about their water’s clarity, taste, and convenience, not
to mention its price—in many urban and, increasingly, rural
areas, the poor pay much more for water than their wealthy
counterparts. Even if water is provided by the government,
listening to poor “customers” is critical to any program’s
success. By failing to listen to the market, hundreds of
billions of well-intentioned funding has gone down the drain.
In sectors such as energy, people with low incomes will
pay for products and services when they see tangible gains
on their investment. If I sell you an affordable solar light
and, over time, save the money you would normally have
doled out for kerosene, you are likely to tell your neighbors
about it. That the solar light is cleaner, healthier, and
significantly improves your lifestyle doesn’t hurt, either.
But in other sectors, such as education, lower-income
earners may not be able to afford what they need. If I offer
early-childhood education facilities but charge enough
tuition that the school at least breaks even, that leaves out
the poor. I believe that every child in the world deserves an
education that will allow them to contribute to the best of
their abilities. So, does that mean public education is
government’s responsibility alone?
I used to confidently assert that the only way to enable
fair opportunity to all children was to insist on public
education for all—until I visited scores of schools in India
and Pakistan. There, government-financed public schools
are riddled with bureaucracy and corruption. Classrooms
tend to be run-down and equipped with broken furniture or
no furniture at all; and for the most part, neither teachers
nor students show up for class. As a result, in Pakistan, 40
percent of low-income parents send their children to private
schools. Low-income parents hungering to educate their
children are willing to struggle and pay mightily for a better
chance.
While we might demand that governments improve the
quality of education for all children, how do we again hold
the tension and use markets to build alternative models that
serve the poor a high-quality product? By listening to the
market, social entrepreneurs can identity what parents can
afford to pay and then define the gap between that amount
and the actual cost of delivering quality services. In the
short term, philanthropy might fill that gap. But in the
longer term, the only way to rectify the situation will be for
government to step in.
Let’s stand back from economic ideologies and start
with the human problem we want to solve. We need a full
understanding of the problem from the perspective of all
stakeholders; only then can we determine the right kinds of
capital (as well as the partnerships) needed to make the
solution work. If you believe, as I do, that all human beings
deserve access to affordable, quality education, to
electricity, to primary health care, to a minimum level of
clean drinking water and the like, then we need financial
models that ensure universal access.
As I discussed earlier, Acumen has always seen its
patient capital investments as a means to solving problems,
not an end. In other words, the end or purpose of money is
not simply to make more money, but to create something of
value.
To place that in a moral framework: the more value our
investments create, especially for the poor and vulnerable,
the more we value our investments. Philanthropy enables us
to take outsized risk—and time—investing in companies
disrupting systems to serve the poor. Profits are a means to
the sustainability of the innovations we support and,
eventually, to ensuring that we also can cover our costs in
the long term. Acumen’s success hangs in the balance of
two points on our moral compass, impact on one side and
financial sustainability on the other.
Consider a complex issue like sanitation. People in the
developed world take for granted having toilets that flush
waste into enormous sewage treatment networks. In the
developing world, however, 2.3 billion people rely on an
outhouse or latrine, or else they defecate in the open air,
which can lead to disease and often a loss of dignity.2
Indirectly, poor sanitation imposes a higher cost on
women than on men. Schools that lack safe toilets typically
see significant drop-out rates for girls once they begin
menstruating, as they have no place to tend to their
personal hygiene needs. And rural areas lacking any toilets
whatsoever force women to relieve themselves in fields,
where they are vulnerable to violence from passersby.
Local governments, international aid agencies, and
charities have all attempted unsuccessfully for decades to
build latrines in slum areas. But without a plan to remove
the waste and sustain the management of those toilets, the
latrines quickly overflowed, creating stench and toxicity. No
wonder traditional investors have stayed away from the
business of providing toilets for the poor.
Solving such a complicated problem for one-third of the
world’s population could seem overwhelming—but not to
David Auerbach, Lindsay Stradley, and Ani Vallabhaneni,
who met at MIT’s Sloan School of Management as graduate
students and went on to found Sanergy. The three had each
lived and worked in low-income communities, and they
understood the connections between poor sanitation and
diarrhea, cholera, and other water-borne diseases in slum
areas especially.
The Sanergy founders were agnostic as to whether to
take a for-profit or nonprofit approach to the problem; what
mattered was solving it. In 2010, they traveled to Nairobi,
Kenya, and found a smallish slum community of about forty
thousand people where they could immerse themselves in
learning and experimentation until they found a solution
that worked. They used the market as a listening device,
and considered every stakeholder group.
Mukuru, like the rest of Nairobi’s slums, was known for
“flying toilets,” the practice of defecating on paper inside
one’s home and then tossing the bundle onto rooftops
outside. The Sanergy founders met with many residents
there who were willing to pay for a better, cleaner solution,
especially as they were already in the habit of paying to use
filthy toilets as a last resort. Individual entrepreneurs saw
business opportunities in the owning and operating of
toilets, and Mukuru, like all of Kenya, needed good jobs to
employ its youth. Building a network of clean and
sustainable toilets there made sense.
But before Sanergy could begin operating, the team
needed to find local entrepreneurs willing to extend trust to
three foreigners who had not yet proven their business
model. “We just kept showing up,” cofounder Lindsay
Stradley explained. “For weeks, we would go into the slums
and talk to people, until we made it clear we weren’t going
anywhere. The problem of waste had gotten out of control in
Mukuru, so people were desperate to try a new solution.
Plus, the entrepreneurs we connected with saw a business
opportunity for themselves that also would do good for the
community.”
Sanergy’s business model seeks to create value out of
waste. The company manufactures toilets and sells them to
the entrepreneurs, or “franchisees,” for about five hundred
dollars per toilet (a cost financed mostly via microloans).
Sanergy employees then collect the waste from the
entrepreneurs on a daily basis and compost it. In the early
years, the founders lacked an answer to one of their biggest
questions: what to do with the waste once it was collected.
Might the government and others eventually come to see it
as a resource rather than simply a cost? That would depend
on whether the company was able to turn the waste into
fertilizer that met health standards and that local farmers
would purchase. The team would gain insights only by
starting.
The founders correctly assumed the franchisees would
repay their loans on the toilets with proceeds from their
customers. Still, as it turned out, Sanergy needed both
grants and loans before they could build a whole system to
move waste effectively. They used grants to advertise their
new service to local residents and for research into how best
to compost and convert the waste into useful, salable
products.
I visited Sanergy’s office in Mukuru on a Sunday
afternoon in October 2015. The slum’s narrow entry road
was lined with tarpaulin-covered kiosks crammed willy-nilly.
Alleyways snaked between ricky-ticky houses made of mud,
with open sewers running alongside. Lines of colorful
laundry hung among the houses like prayer flags, and
children were dressed in their finest clothing from a morning
spent at church. A little girl reminded me of a princess from
a Velázquez painting, her delicate hand daintily holding up
her long, silky, scalloped blue skirt to avoid its becoming
soiled.
Lindsay Stradley met me at Sanergy’s small but lively
office, which was filled with young people from around the
world. She had just had her first child, but still came daily to
the office to meet with local toilet entrepreneurs, solve
problems with them, and grow the business. To show me
Sanergy’s business in action, she led me out of the office,
striding in front of me through the muddy streets wearing
jeans and bright yellow rubber boots, a huge smile on her
face, clearly in her element.
We stopped in front of one of the toilet kiosks to meet
Leah Gachanga, a square-jawed businesswoman with soft
brown eyes. A colorful scarf was wrapped around her head.
Leah proudly told me that she’d already grown her
enterprise from one to three toilets, netting about five
dollars per day on top of what she and her husband earned
running a clothing store. Lindsay and I stood outside the
bright blue toilet units with “Fresh Life” (Sanergy’s local
brand) painted in yellow on the sides. Just outside the units,
Leah had set up a vanity station, complete with a mirror and
washing stand. Like all Fresh Life agents, she charged about
five cents per use for adults, two cents for children. She
took care to clean the toilet after each customer left, and
each day, young men in Fresh Life uniforms arrived to
collect the waste in sealed containers, leaving the toilets
fresh and odorless.
Leah relayed how much she loved contributing to her
community. “Before Sanergy,” she told me, “there was so
much human waste right outside our houses. We would walk
home, especially in the rainy season, and mud would rise so
high that your boots became covered in an awful mix. Now
the pathways are clean. Disease has fallen. I’m helping to
make my community cleaner, and that makes me proud.”
Moreover, her efforts have changed the prospects for her
family. “My customers have provided me with enough
income to buy a home and educate my children in good
schools,” she said. “Fresh Life is good for all of us.”
Lindsay and I continued walking along alleyways to the
composting unit. Though Sanergy had been operating for
several years by then and had seen significant interest from
local farmers in its fertilizer, the company still lacked the
European equivalent of FDA approval verifying that the
product met health standards. When approved, the fertilizer
delivery service would create good jobs and play a vital role
in the community’s health, culture, and business
environment.
Lindsay, David, and Ani had focused maniacally on
building a sustainable company that could solve a critical
problem and, over the long term, provide a positive return
to shareholders. But what they needed at that moment were
patient investors who shared their values and aspirations.
Though many loved the vision, most investors still wanted
proof of the company’s profitability before they would
consider making a bet on Sanergy. The proof would only
come later, making it all the more critical for the Sanergy
founders to find investors who understood markets, yet also
were willing to experiment and learn what it would take to
build a sustainable, impactful model for change.
For patient investors, Sanergy’s impact is significant. By
March 2019, Sanergy had sold more than 2,500 toilets to
local entrepreneurs, created more than 2,750 jobs, and
provided affordable, hygienic sanitation services to more
than 100,000 people, removing in excess of 6,000 tons of
waste each year. That’s about 600 big dump trucks full of
human waste, which is composted and converted into
organic fertilizer before being sold to commercial and
smallholder farms. Major corporations interested in selling
organic food products recently expressed interest in the
fertilizer, which would bring the company’s supply chain full
circle.
Mukuru has been the main beneficiary of Sanergy’s
work. Disease rates have fallen, and education rates for
adolescent girls have risen, as young women now have safe,
private toilets to use at school. Community members feel a
deep sense of pride in their homes, a benefit that matters,
even if it is not always easy to measure.
The Sanergy founders have built a model that works,
and are now looking to partner and grow the business
significantly. Thrillingly, the city of Nairobi is interested in
joining with the company to bring sanitation to all people.
And the company continues to raise both grant money for
research and development and investor capital.
Within eight years, Sanergy has become an example for
patient investors, smart philanthropists, and city
governments that are serious about solving a significant
public health issue. The company’s founders dreamed of
providing a blueprint that governments could use to deliver
“off-grid waste management,” enabling the world’s urban
poor to improve their health, comfort, and dignity. Using
moral imagination, the right kind of capital, and a circular
business model that seriously considered all stakeholders,
Sanergy’s intrepid founders have succeded in turning waste
into gold.
The more you understand how markets work, the better
you’ll be able to put markets in their place. The more you
gain the tools needed to build financial viability into any
endeavor you pursue, the more effectively you can solve
intractable problems. Understanding markets is also critical
to seeing and correcting some of the intrinsic flaws in our
global economic system, blind spots that rely
disproportionately on the toil and sweat of the working poor,
holding them in a perennial cycle of indebtedness and
impoverishment.
For example, agricultural markets have flourished for
hundreds of years at the expense of the poorest farmers,
the people who actually grow the food and drinks that
nourish us. In Colombia, more than a half million smallholder
farming families grow, pick, and export some of the finest
coffee on earth. Yet the vast majority of these farmers live in
poverty, often unable to cover the costs of production.
In 2009, Tyler Youngblood, a freelance writer and coffee
enthusiast, found his imagination ignited by the rich, wet,
emerald hills of Colombia’s coffee-growing region. His
curiosity drove him to meet everyone he could in the coffee
industry and learn as much as possible about Colombian
coffee production and its markets. His empathy for the
coffee farmers urged him to ask: why was it so hard for
them to make a living?
Almost everyone Tyler met pointed to the complicated
global supply chain for coffee, which has been in place for at
least a century. Millions of farmers grow coffee beans of
varying qualities, then handpick the coffee cherries and sell
them to domestic buyers and exporters at prices
determined by global coffee futures. The exporters sell the
coffee to roasters abroad, who in turn sell bags of high-
priced coffee beans and lattes to the end consumer.
Why, Tyler wondered, were farmers beholden to a daily
global commodities price, which was known for wild swings
(from under a dollar to three dollars per pound) and had
little to do with the realities of their production costs, when
consumers paid the same amount for lattes regardless of
commodity prices? Why, in an age of transparency, given
that 25 million of the world’s poorest citizens grew 80
percent of coffee produced, wasn’t there a more ethical way
to organize the industry?
Imagine being a farmer who drudges for months each
season, investing your savings and time and not knowing
what you will be paid until the day you deliver your harvest.
You want to be able to sell your produce at fair prices.
Ideally, you’d like “fair” to be a price that not only covers
your costs but rewards your hard work with a
commensurate financial return or profit. This is not what
most coffee farmers experience. The majority of Colombian
coffee farmers operate at a net financial loss. No wonder the
average smallholder farmer is fifty-seven years old—most
farmers’ children decidedly do not want to become farmers.
Tyler dreamed of designing a system that started from
the farmers’ perspective. He knew this would entail
ensuring a supply chain that compensated farmers fairly
while also delivering a premium product to consumers. Isn’t
that the real point of markets, anyway, to ensure a fair and
reasonable exchange of goods in ways that create value for
all parties involved?
The result of Tyler’s inquiry is Azahar, a coffee company
that makes the markets work for farmers as well as
everyone else along the supply chain. The company buys
coffee directly from smallholder farmers because single-
origin beans yield higher prices from international buyers. To
ensure just pricing, Azahar works to understand farmers’
costs of production and negotiates a long-term, fixed-price
contract with roasters. These contracts between farmers
and Azahar can yield prices two times higher than the global
commodities price.
In return for their partnership, Azahar insists on the
highest level of integrity from the farmers—timely delivery
and no mixing of different qualities of beans. The company
is able to pay so much more for the beans because it has
developed a network of sustainable coffee consumers who
want to know who is growing their coffee and how those
people are treated. When I was in Colombia in November
2018, the world price was just about one dollar per pound;
Azahar was paying the farmers, on average, two dollars per
pound. The well-paid farmers are loyal to the company and
consistently deliver the highest-quality beans.
I witnessed this sense of shared prosperity in 2017,
when Acumen’s Latin America director, Virgilio Barco, and I
traveled to Nariño, in the southwest part of Colombia,
bordering Ecuador and the Pacific Ocean. The land around
Nariño is rich, verdant, and productive, perfect for growing
coffee. Yet, like the Arhuacos who cultivate cacao in the
north, the farmers who grow coffee in the southern region
suffered greatly during the fifty-year civil war. Azahar was
changing not only daily realities but future possibilities.
In Nariño, we met with a group of men and women
farmers who had participated in an early revenue-sharing
experiment with Azahar. Long, lonely hours toiling in the sun
had carved creases of austerity and weariness into their
faces. Most of the farmers stood quietly in a circle wearing
jeans and cowboy hats, their eyes cast downward. Tyler,
dressed in a white button-down shirt and jeans, his longish
brown hair behind his ears and scholarly glasses perched
above a mischievous smile, broke their silence with a simple
hello. Then all eyes turned to him as he explained that
thanks to an American buyer, each farmer would receive a
bonus for the harvest based on additional premiums to be
paid by the company.
One by one, the farmers approached the group’s
accountant, who sat on a simple stool in front of a small
wooden table, checking handwritten ledger paper for the
amount of beans each farmer had delivered. The farmers
accepted the bonus in cash, usually with a wide grin, as the
group applauded proudly.
I asked one of the men what he would do with his new
income. “I’m saving to buy more land,” he said. Tyler
explained that for the first time, Colombian smallholders see
the potential to earn a good living in coffee, but only if they
own more than two hectares—and most farmers in Colombia
own less.
“You seem happy today,” I said to a cluster of farmers.
“But is this company really different from the other coffee
buyers?”
“Azahar cares about us,” one farmer responded. He had
jet-black eyes and a thick fringe of hair to match. “They
aren’t here just to make money from us, but to help us earn
money, too. We trust them.”
“Our job is to build a community of trust,” Tyler
explained to Virgilio and me over dinner that evening.
“Specialty coffee depends on a supply chain with trust at
every link. Our buyers depend on us to sell them single-
origin beans with no mistakes; they need to trust that we
will deliver the highest-quality coffee. Our customers need
to trust that our farmers are paid sustainably. And our
farmers need to trust that we will adhere to our fixed
agreement, paying the best prices in a timely manner. They
need to know that we will show up. We have to do this
outside a traditional commercial or legal framework. We
have to do it because it is the right thing to do.”
The phrase a “community of trust” resonates; it unites
the many stakeholders of social enterprise, linking the
hands and minds of those who produce and deliver our daily
bread and everything else we use. The reality of creating
such a community is another story. Many peers and
investors think Tyler and others like him are insane to pay
double the world coffee price.
Tyler took a conventional economic model and turned it
upside down, understanding that farmers needed to be fully
included in the supply chain, not as inputs but as dignified
human beings whose long months of work produced daily
cups of joy for the world. It took the courage and creativity
of nonconformity to build a business based on the
production costs of the farmers, not on maximizing sales to
the buyers. It took persistence fueled by a belief that trust,
empathy, and mutual accountability are the bedrock of
healthy societies.
In November 2018 we met Tyler again, this time at a hip
yet elegant retail Azahar store in a popular section of
Bogotá. Every table was filled with residents talking,
working, and drinking Azahar’s fine coffee. “When I got here
in 2010,” Tyler said, “Colombians couldn’t find much high-
quality coffee from their own country to drink. All the good
stuff was exported. It feels good to be part of changing
that.”
Market fundamentalists may ask how entrepreneurs
such as the founders of Sanergy and Azahar make good
decisions while balancing multiple bottom lines. With the
single metric of profit, the results are binary: you are either
profitable or not. But profit doesn’t take into account the
natural resources we consume, the pollution we create, and
the employees we empower. Nor does it grapple with issues
of fairness that operate in systems with wildly unbalanced
power dynamics. The shareholder capitalist system also
does not value the social and environmental capital some
businesses are creating (which, in some cases, is
enormous), focusing only on short-term profitability. But
human beings created the current systems that govern our
lives. It is up to human beings to change and evolve those
systems.
The current economic system keeps the attention on
what we can count (profits) rather than on what we most
value (our children’s health and education, the quality of the
air we breathe, just compensation to the poorest, etc.).
Companies and investors tend to allocate financial and
human resources to achieve the highest possible financial
returns, and even some impact investors count it as a bonus
rather than a requirement when social impact is also
achieved. The expense of corporate resources on fairly
integrating smallholder farmers into the supply chain,
training women and minorities, and protecting and
strengthening the environment tends to be relegated to
Corporate Social Responsibility or philanthropy. Yet, only
when companies regularly quantify and value nonpecuniary
but fundamental human and environmental benefits will we
see a more inclusive, sustainable market system.
Like many of our peers, the team at Acumen and I have
been working for many years to develop new approaches to
measuring social impact as a complement to quantitative
financial analysis. In Acumen’s early years, like most socially
oriented organizations, we counted “outputs” (the number
of toilets produced, the number of people trained or jobs
created). That approach gave us a sense of scale, but it fell
short of showing whether our companies were effective at
helping people lift themselves from poverty. And we wanted
to hold ourselves, and our companies, accountable for doing
just that.
The cell phone revolution led to the ability to
communicate with thousands of low-income customers
simultaneously. In 2015, building on the work of others,
Acumen developed Lean Data, an approach to measuring
impact using cell phones. Using this approach, Acumen can
simultaneously text thousands of customers of a given
project or company, asking a series of questions from which
we then deduce invaluable information such as income level
and whether using a certain product has had a positive or
negative impact on its user. We learn what people value, or
don’t, about a specific project. Low-income customers
answer these questions very seriously, so that companies
know how to serve them based on what they actually need,
not what we think they need. Lean Data is a step forward in
treating the poor as customers, not victims.
For example, remember the solar lighting company
d.light from chapter 4? Acumen has invested more than
thirty million dollars in companies like d.light that are
bringing off-grid solar electricity to low-income people
around the world. We hope to realize financial returns yet do
not expect to compete with traditional venture capitalists on
a returns basis alone. Instead, we are counting on our
portfolio of companies to bring measurable change to the
lives of many. Our energy companies, reaching well over
110 million and counting—does not disappoint.
Consider these results. Lean Data surveys have
demonstrated that solar light results in low-income people
staying active an extra hour each night. Children study
about an hour more as well. Customers tend to place high
value on the security and peace of mind that electricity
brings—harder to quantify but important. Our investments
also have kept more than seven million tons of carbon
dioxide and black carbon from being released into the
atmosphere. Over one hundred million lives are better. And
most important, we know in what ways those lives have
improved because the people living with the solar products
have told us so.
Imagine if more of us allocated our resources, placing
social and environmental impact on an equal footing with
(or higher than) financial returns. Everything would change.
Using markets without being seduced by them does not
require a degree in rocket science, but it does require
fortitude to move beyond a profit-alone mentality. The
process starts with focusing first on purpose; considering all
stakeholders; using the right kind of capital; hiring
competent, values-aligned talent; and measuring what
matters, not just what you can count. We are the ones who
choose the kind of economy and society we inhabit. We can
continue to play by tired rules that work only for the few, at
the expense of the many, or we can imagine and build new
rules that work for everyone. It is all within our individual
and collective grasp.
Chapter 10
PARTNER
WITH
HUMILITY
AND
AUDACITY
If you want to create or renew systems, small is beautiful
but scale is critical. Changing systems for the poor, not just
the rich, requires understanding how to use markets and
how to partner with government, which means moving from
small-scale purity to the messy and complex thickness of
scale. I’m not talking about growth for growth’s sake
though. Rather, I’m underscoring the need to recognize the
problem you are solving and then executing a strategy to
either replicate your business model or partner to expand
your model’s reach. Neither path is easy. But if you are up to
the challenge, you could enable widespread transformation.
In the summer of 2007, I was speaking at the Aspen
Ideas Festival to a crowd of a couple hundred wealthy
people, mostly Americans, about Acumen’s latest
investment, an ambulance company in India. The Indian
government was spending more than a billion dollars
annually on emergency services, yet in Mumbai (the
country’s financial center and largest city), only a few
emergency service units actually functioned. At that time,
the emergency medical sector across India was notoriously
bloated and corrupt; 90 percent of people traveling in
ambulances were already dead and en route to the morgue.
It was common knowledge that if you wanted to get to the
hospital quickly, you were much better off calling a taxi.
Earlier that year, Acumen’s India team had invested in
Ziqitza, a social enterprise with the singular mission of
disrupting the emergency services industry in India. The
company had begun operating with nine ambulances as a
purely private business: 80 percent of clients paid market
prices to be transported to private hospitals. The company
made a deliberate commitment to ensure that the other 20
percent of its clients were low-income people who paid only
what they could afford.
Ziqitza was committed to an anticorruption policy,
sharing Acumen’s belief that strong action was required to
break the inevitable correlation between corruption and
poverty. We knew that the risks of disrupting such a massive
industry were enormous, but the combination of the
inclusive business model and the character and
commitment of the founders reinforced our conviction in
making the investment.
Under that white tent in Aspen, one of India’s most
eminent businessmen raised his hand to ask a question.
“I applaud your ambition,” the great man said. “But did I
hear you correctly? Nine ambulances? Mumbai is a city of
seventeen million people [by 2019, more than twenty-two
million]. Are you seriously backing a group with only nine
ambulances?” The businessman continued, his doleful
lament by then so familiar that I could have filled in the
words myself. “This is the problem with social enterprises.
They are mediocre businesses run by smart, idealistic
people and have no hope of changing anything except at a
small-scale level. This sideline approach distracts from the
real issues and takes pressure off government from doing
their job.”
My face flushed. The businessman’s statement felt like
censure, a personal rebuke made public in front of my peers
at an esteemed institution where I served as a trustee. I
sensed a wave of doubt about our model sweeping the
audience. Heads nodded in unison.
A snippet from a Mary Oliver poem arose inside me like
a good friend: “Let me keep my distance, always, from
those / who think they have the answers.” Bring on the
skeptics—we need them—but those of us who want a better
world have little use for critics who armor themselves with
rigid certainty, especially if they propose neither assistance
nor solutions.
“At least we’re trying,” I said, “and nothing else seems
to be working. Why would we not try?” I was a believer in
social enterprise precisely because the big players who
dominated systems rarely had the creativity, daring, or
nimbleness needed to disrupt the status quo. Yet I wasn’t
certain that we would succeed. Indeed, the odds were
against this company. But Ziqitza would learn only by trying.
And so would we.
That day in Aspen, I wish I’d known then what I
understand now: that visionary builders who reshape entire
industries perceive the big picture while working to get their
initial operating model right, even if that model starts out
small. These audacious individuals must possess the
character to withstand naysayers and bullies.
Of course the founders of Ziqitza started small. As with
Jawad in his dream of affordable housing in Pakistan, they
were out to build something that had not succeeded in India
prior to their efforts. The group required time to experiment
and fail until they discovered how to run a high-quality
ambulance service with a decidedly social objective. Once
the model was in place, the company could then more easily
partner with government to reach a scale that served
millions.
While I was less articulate in that Aspen tent than I
would have liked, a number of factors persuaded me that
my team at Acumen had made the right bet on Ziqitza.
First, the founders had started their business to solve a
problem with which they had a deep sense of personal
connection. Years earlier, in the southern Indian state of
Kerala, Shaffi Mather, one of Ziqitza’s five founders and its
team leader, had nearly lost his mother when she woke up
choking and couldn’t find anything but a taxi to take her to
the hospital. Around that same time, the mother of Shaffi’s
cofounder Ravi Krishna was traveling in New York City when
she collapsed on the sidewalk. Ravi’s mother’s companion
called 911, and within minutes they were met by trained
medical personnel who provided effective assistance on the
spot, saving Ravi’s mother’s life. Why, the founders
reasoned, shouldn’t India’s people expect a similar
response?
Second, when the time came to scale up the business,
the Ziqitza cofounders would be ready. Like Shaffi and Ravi,
the other cofounders, Sweta Mangal, Naresh Jain, and
Manish Sacheti, had experience working in different
divisions of large corporations, learning to manage talent,
build effective supply chains, and grow technology
businesses. They knew how to lay the groundwork for scale.
And, last, we at Acumen believed in the character of the
founders. Shaffi Mather reminded me of a bull in a china
shop, filled with the right kind of ambition, enthusiasm, and
energy, if not always with grace and mindfulness.
If anyone could pull off a major disruption in a broken
and corrupt industry, this guy and his partners could, even if
they did not yet fully understand their project’s exact path
to growth.
When I told Shaffi about the Indian businessman’s
disparaging remarks, he simply shrugged. “You know what
Gandhi said about society-changing innovations?” he asked.
“First, they ignore you. Then they laugh at you. Then they
fight you. Then you win.”
But if vision, the right skills, and character got Ziqitza to
the starting block, the Indian businessman’s question
nonetheless dogged me. I wondered how the company
would raise additional investment capital, given its
commitment to providing 20 percent of its customers with a
significant subsidy. We had invested because Ziqitza was
dedicated to an inclusive business model. Yet how, I
wondered, could we protect our investment to serve the
poor while supporting the company’s clear need to grow
financially?
In the early years, the company grew organically,
serving thousands of low-income people who’d never before
had access to ambulance services. That was a good start,
but given our focus on the poor, the company wasn’t
reaching enough low-income people to justify our large
stake. A few well-intentioned potential investors suggested
that it would do better financially and reach more people
overall if it targeted a higher income bracket and removed
the requirement to serve low-income people.
“You can always go down-market once you’ve built a
viable model,” one American investor told me.
True, I thought, but how many years would that take?
The idea sounded too much like business as usual: serve the
wealthy and give back through the side door only once
you’re flush with profits. Ziqitza had at the core of its
business a vision to serve all people, and we needed to do
what we could do to protect that vision while also helping
the company expand.
In 2008, a year after I spoke at Aspen, an established
U.S.-based emergency services company explored
purchasing a significant share of Ziqitza, sensing its long-
term financial potential. Though thrilled to see such interest,
I worried about whether this more profit-oriented entity
would agree to devoting 20 percent of its services to the
poor. The next morning, I called Shaffi, and he agreed that
Ziqitza would change its bylaws to make explicit the
company’s commitment to serving the poor before any
shares were sold. That bylaw change strengthened trust
between Acumen and Ziqitza. We were both learning to
build for purpose and profitability.
Then, tragedy. On November 26, 2008, I was celebrating
Thanksgiving, my favorite holiday, with my family in New
York when a teammate called and told me to turn on CNN:
Mumbai was under siege from terrorists. The Taj and Oberoi
hotels, two of the city’s finest, were burning; people were
trapped inside and many were believed dead (in total, 174
were killed and more than 300 wounded). I couldn’t believe
this was happening in my beloved Mumbai. Tears streamed
as I watched footage of desperate, terrified people running
through smoky streets.
Next, to my amazement, there appeared in front of
every burning building, bright yellow ambulances—our
ambulances—each equipped with capable medical
personnel and all the up-to-date technology required to
respond to the acute needs of disaster victims.
The ambulance drivers, I later learned, ran headlong
into the burning buildings, despite the presence of terrorists
killing anyone in their path. Somehow, every driver survived
while rescuing more than a hundred of the terrorists’
intended victims. Lives were saved because of this little
company—and everyone in our global community felt part
of it. For all of this, thanksgiving.
A few months after the tragedy, I shared a simple lunch
with the ambulance drivers on the rooftop of the company’s
office at the edge of Mumbai. I asked a driver who was
relatively short in stature but of sturdy build what had made
him act so courageously on the day of the attacks.
“There was too much need,” he said. “When the
commandos came, I followed them into the hotel. We saw
the attackers with their guns firing. A commando pushed me
to a corner where I would not be seen by the terrorists. We
waited for the terrorists to move to another room and then
we pulled wounded people out of the hotel. There were so
many people in pain. So, we went back in. We came back
the next day and the next day, too.”
I praised the driver’s humility, and asked again how he
had stared down the threat of death and acted anyway.
He answered, “I’m a driver who can help save lives. It is
my duty to do so, madam.”
Here was a man who earned just a few dollars a day. His
character was a reflection of the company that valued and
nurtured character in every employee. To me, his courage
made him a giant.
I wasn’t alone in being moved by the effectiveness of
the company. Though still relatively small, it managed a
swift, competent response, earning the respect of Indian
bureaucrats charged with bringing public emergency health
services to their states. Soon, Ziqitza was invited to
compete for state government contracts to provide free
ambulance services. In pursuing these tenders, it could now
point to its track record as well as its ethics.
Thus began the company’s transformation into a
private-public partnership, and to a level of growth that
would eventually make it one of the largest emergency
service companies in the world. As of 2019, Ziqitza operates
more than 3,600 ambulances, employs 12,000 people, and
has delivered more than 4 million patients to hospitals.
Moreover, by moving from a private-sector company to
partnering with the government, it was able to extend its
services to those who previously were excluded from the
emergency health care system altogether. In 2014, Acumen
did a Lean Data study of two of the states where Ziqitza was
operating and found that more than 75 percent of those
served were poor, an almost complete flip of the client ratio
when the company was private.
But that impressive scale and the company’s increasing
inclusiveness came neither easily nor without a cost. To
make such growth possible, Ziqitza’s leaders needed the
humility to stare down the realities of their business. That
may seem oxymoronic, but the opposite approach would be
to assume that you can simply build a better service or
product and watch the world beat a path to your door.
Humility is needed to recognize the barriers in your way.
Audacity is key to imagining a different future regardless,
firing up the resolve to overcome impediments to your goal.
For Ziqitza, those realities included the complacency,
bureaucracy, and corruption that often go hand in hand with
doing business, as many Indian government officials in the
ambulance industry demanded petty (and not so petty)
bribes both to win and maintain contracts. In March 2019 in
Acumen’s Mumbai office, Shaffi and I had a long talk about
government. He said there are “good officials, bad officials,
and indifferent ones.”
Ziqitza cofounder Sweta Mangal tells the story of
dealing with one particularly vexing official who demanded
a 5 percent “fee” each month before he would process the
government payment, which the company needed to pay its
employees. The company refused.
“Each month, he would delay,” Sweta said. “That delay
would result in us being slower to pay our drivers and other
workers, who lacked any financial cushion to absorb even
minor shocks. We would explain to our team that the late
payments were due not to a lack of competence on our part,
but because we stood by our values. The employees were
proud to work for us, but some also reminded us that you
can’t eat values.” Sweta added that those conversations
humbled and hurt; and reinforced the founders’ resolution to
stay the course.
As the company continued to refuse to pay the bribes,
the government official grew more aggressive, at one point
calling Sweta to demand payment. He had apparently
forgotten that ambulance companies record all phone calls.
You might think the shame of being recorded in the act
of extortion would be enough to quell someone’s appetite
for corruption, and for a few months, demands for bribes
ceased, at least from that one official. Then, at one point,
the local government represented by that official accused
Ziqitza of corruption, which we took very seriously at
Acumen. There were times, in truth, when it would have
been easier for Acumen to walk away, but we had signed up
to be patient investors, partners in disruption. Moreover, we
believed in government and the potential of the right
private service providers such as Ziqitza to partner and
make good on government’s obligations to its citizens.
Some might ask, why even bother partnering with
government when there are so many challenges and
seductions?
First, government itself is not corrupt. Individuals may
take advantage of systems that need improvement, but that
doesn’t mean that all people working in government are
corrupt. As Shaffi would say, you have to find “the good
ones.” And there are plenty of thoughtful, principled,
courageous individuals in government doing what they can
to change broken, corroded systems. They can be powerful
change-makers and allies, so keep an eye out for them. You
might also consider working in the public sector yourself.
Second, partnering with government is essential for
getting quality health care to the rural poor. Markets alone
will never succeed in protecting our most vulnerable from
disease or misfortune, but companies such as Ziqitza can
help government achieve its goals of serving its citizens and
protecting its most vulnerable.
Eventually, Ziqitza gained a reputation for transparency.
The company came to know which government officials
shared their values and which did not. The best local
government agencies discussed their own challenges and
problem-solved directly with the company. Over time, these
various “good” partners and Ziqitza wove a web of trust
that only intensified.
Our most disadvantaged communities could avoid many
every day tragedies if our public systems were built on twin
pillars of character and competence. I saw this in 2014,
when visiting Ziqitza’s branch office in Bhubaneswar, the
capital of Odisha, one of India’s three poorest states. Before
Ziqitza’s partnership with the local government, an older
fisherman said to me as tears ran down his face, “I saw too
many family members die when we had to use a bullock
cart to get them from my village to the hospital. Now, the
gods have come, madam. We can save ourselves.”
I got the sense of a “before Ziqitza” and an “after
Ziqitza” way of thinking and behaving.
Sumit Basu, the thirtysomething regional manager of
Ziqitza Odisha, recounted stories of a terrible cyclone that
ripped through the state a year prior. “We had every
ambulance at the ready,” Sumit said. “Over two nights with
the cyclone, the company’s vehicles drove thirty-seven
pregnant women to safety and delivered at least one
healthy baby inside an ambulance. Not a single life was lost.
Our region has seen great tragedies, and lost thousands due
to cyclones in the past. But Ziqitza and the government
were fully prepared this time. We worked together.”
Solving humanity’s toughest problems requires no single
hero, but a system of people, companies, organizations, and
government that rally around a common enterprise. Ziqitza
could offer operational efficiencies and nimble decision
making, but the company had to partner with government
to reach millions of low-income people in need of their
services. Government required the high standards, quality
of service, and efficiencies delivered by the private
company. Workers, whether manning call centers, driving
ambulances, or serving as medical technicians, had to look
beyond their own needs and operate from a sense of duty
and service to the greater good. Ziqitza’s rules and
practices have now become the standard benchmarks for
ambulance services across India.
The road to trust and effectiveness for Ziqitza was long
and, at times, arduous. The company’s story of creating and
maintaining reliable, productive partnerships carries
important lessons for every organization that wants to
extend beyond what it does well on its own.
First and foremost, be clear about your purpose and
honest about what you bring to the table, as well as what
you hope to take away. Are you and your partner values-
aligned and committed to learning together? Are you willing
to compromise and be clear on those compromises, not in
an easy “the ends justify the means” way, but in that gray
area that recognizes the imperfection of the world—and of
every human being? To create change, we have to be willing
to be uncomfortable without losing sight of what is most
important.
Partnering effectively takes time and commitment. If we
believe that a moral revolution requires everyone, we must
become skilled at building trusting partnerships across
sectors. Honing this skill almost always requires a shift in
both assumptions and behaviors. Nonprofits need to let go
of suspicions that all corporations are greedy, exploitative,
and unconcerned with the earth, while still holding to
account those who are greedy and exploitative. For-profit
companies must drop the assumption that all nonprofits are
full of woolly headed, morally righteous do-gooders who get
nothing done, while still calling on the carpet those who are
ineffectual. And many of us must shift our lazy assumptions
about other sectors, giving up presumptions about
government (“corrupt and ineffective”), media (“liars”),
philanthropy (“entitled and disconnected”), and technology
(“monstrous and self-serving”). Of course, some people and
organizations fit these assumptions, but when we refuse to
see the humanity in those who share a desire to create
change, we miss the chance to amplify our work and realize
our mission. And we are all needed to build more just and
inclusive societies in which each individual counts.
Yasmina Zaidman, Acumen’s chief of strategic
partnerships, wisely counsels, “If I could have one wish—
and this is something I try to practice myself—it would be to
enter a new partnership with greater openness to what the
other side can offer and a courageous vulnerability to
sharing fears—and with the patience to take the time it
needs to build trust.”
In other words, commit to the commitment itself.
Sometimes, what looks like a great partnership at first
might ultimately let you down. My heart has been broken by
corporations that told a good story of purpose, but in the
end were focused on business as usual. One phrase I dread
is “We want to be part of radical change as long as it
doesn’t impact shareholder value.” That is a clear moment
for pushback, or for a difficult conversation, at the very
least. It is a chance to try to bring your would-be partner’s
focus back to the problem you’re trying to solve together. If
you cannot do that, you may need another partner.
If, however, you find a corporate partner that recognizes
that its global supply chain is broken and wants to explore
models to make it more inclusive and sustainable, try to
support that partner as it fights its internal battles. As with
government, some of the most courageous change agents I
have met work in large corporations. They are aware of the
risks involved in rejecting the status quo, but they do so
anyway. For them, partnering with external allies staves off
the solitude that comes from being a lone questioning voice
and also helps them bolster the firm’s legitimacy in
delivering on its promises to stakeholders.
Some partnerships fail; it’s part of life. If a partnership
sounds too good to be true, it usually is. If donors insist that
you “collaborate” with another organization whose mission
or values do not seem aligned, spend time making sure that
the misalignment truly exists, and then say no gracefully.
Be wildly cautious when an organization calls and says,
“We love what you do. We should find ways to partner.” If
they cannot articulate why to partner, how to partner, or,
most important, to what end, you won’t have a partnership;
you’ll have a mess. Ironically, sometimes those you see as
least like you may be exactly who you need for what you
want to accomplish. So, start again with your mission and
an understanding of which skills, markets, and
communication outlets enable you to realize the good you
are creating for those in need.
What if you are starting out with just a giant, uplifting and
daring idea and no resources, networks, or money? How do
you even begin to find the partners who can help you realize
your goal? There are few better stories in my experience of
impact investing than the one about a chicken company in
Ethiopia that started out as a ragtag operation with
founders who’d never before seen live chickens yet went on
to change the fortunes of millions of poor farmers. Today,
they are providing financial opportunities, improving health
outcomes, transforming an industry, and in so doing,
helping to strengthen a nation.
That story begins in 2009, when an American named
Dave Ellis spent a year in Uganda working for a well-
intentioned start-up NGO that never got off the ground.
Most of the Ugandans he met wanted jobs, which convinced
him that poverty would not be solved by an act of charity.
The next year, encouraged to try something different, Dave
and his partner, Joe Shields, traveled to Ethiopia, a country
of one hundred million people, with a small amount of
investment capital in search of a business that would enable
them to make a greater difference.
Soon after arriving in Tigray, a region in northern
Ethiopia near the border of Eritrea, Dave chanced upon the
right opportunity: The government owned a six-hundred-
thousand-square-foot defunct chicken operation and was
looking for a partner to make it productive. The only
problem was that it contained not a single healthy flock of
chickens. Under past management, most of the chickens
had died.
Though Dave had grown up in Chicago and had never
encountered a live chicken, he was undaunted. The lease for
the factory was within his financial reach, and the
opportunity he saw was enormous. In the region of Tigray,
an estimated 58 percent of children were malnourished.
Eggs are an inexpensive form of protein, and chickens
generate income. Moreover, a new generation of Ethiopian
leaders was looking to partner with private-sector players to
jump-start a flagging economy.
Unlike the cofounders of Ziqitza, the ambulance
company that initially was private, Dave, Joe, and a third
cofounder, Trent Koutsoubos, put their company into
partnership with government from the start; they assumed
that “all they had to do” was raise baby chicks to egg-laying
age (forty-five to sixty days) and then sell them to
government extension agents, who would be responsible for
selling the chicks to smallholder farmers across the country.
To fledgling entrepreneurs Dave and Joe, this plan sounded
straightforward and easy.
The first night the entrepreneurs were on the farm with
newly purchased chickens, two of the chicken houses
caught on fire from an electrical malfunction, and the
founders had to carry the frightened birds outside in their
arms. Once things settled down, the company restarted
operations and set a date with government extension
workers to pick up a major order of baby chicks exactly
thirty-five days after they were born.
The workers showed up with fifteen trucks—a month
late. By then, the company founders had already scrabbled
to sell the baby chicks to whomever they could find; this
was another setback to operations, resulting in more lost
money that the founders didn’t have. As for the extension
workers, they had no choice but to return to their posts with
empty trucks. Trust on both sides plummeted.
Dented but undaunted, Dave and Joe went back to the
drawing board. The cofounders reviewed what had
happened and reminded themselves of their purpose. They
were in Ethiopia to build a successful chicken operation that
would feed the poor and change the lives of farmers. They
reconsidered their own strengths and weaknesses as well as
those of their various partners.
Try. Fail. Learn. Start again.
This time, Dave and Joe tried selling one-day-old chicks
directly to the farmers, but the farmers were both poor and
overworked, earning on average $350 a year. Smallholders
can afford to buy just a few chickens at a time, and they
have multiple constraints that prevent them from finding
the right vaccines, the most effective feed, and the means
to keep the chickens safe at night, when predators such as
foxes and dogs roam about looking for vulnerable, fluffy,
chirping yellow snacks. In short, raising baby chicks from
birth to forty-five days (after which they could thrive in a
village environment) took time, money, and expertise, none
of which the smallholders had.
Though operations faltered again, Dave and Joe were
gaining a better sense of the farmers’ and the government’s
potential as partners. While Ethiopia’s state-run enterprises
may have lacked some efficiencies, the government’s
agricultural extension workers, who knew and lived among
smallholder farmers, were highly trusted. The government
workers thus represented an enormous asset to the
company—if Dave and Joe were willing to discern those
functions where government workers were most capable of
delivering. Dave explained: “We saw that we could work
with local government offices to mobilize demand for the
chickens and educate the farmers. The government also
helped us reach last-mile areas we could never reach
ourselves.”
So, the cofounders changed the model again. The
company, which Dave and Joe named EthioChicken, now
breeds chickens and incubates eggs, selling them a day
after they’re born in batches of one thousand to “agents,”
individual entrepreneurs who raise the chicks for the next
forty-five to sixty days. EthioChicken provides the agents
with the vaccines, feed, and other supplies along with the
inputs and advice they require to succeed. Then the agents
help the farmers by selling three to four chickens at a time
in collaboration with government extension workers. Once
the chickens are at egg-laying age, they stay close to home
and eat most anything, making them the perfect investment
for a poor farmer.
In August 2017, Dave and I met Yohannes, a nineteen-
year-old who had signed up to serve as an agent, raising the
tiny chicks until they’d grown old enough to sell to individual
farmers. We stood together in the corrugated tin shed
Johannes had constructed to house two thousand chicks.
Wearing wraparound sunglasses, a black watch, a white lab
coat, and an amulet around his neck, Yohannes waved his
delicate, long-fingered hands enthusiastically as he shared
with me his success. A couple of years prior, he’d taken a
loan from a local microfinance organization to purchase his
first batch of a thousand chicks. “I knew that I had to keep
those chicks healthy and alive,” he told us. “I slept in the
room with them every night. EthioChicken gave me advice,
and the government helped me until I could sell all the
chickens. Now I am a happy man. All my brothers and
sisters go to school and are happy, too.”
We’d been speaking for a good half hour before
Yohannes shared that he’d taken a risk with the company
because his life depended on it. He and his five younger
siblings had been orphaned, and the teenage Yohannes was
responsible for their collective welfare. His risk and diligence
paid off: by the end of 2017, he had sold fifteen thousand
chickens, all to smallholder farmers. That year, his earnings
exceeded ten thousand dollars, an astronomical sum in a
country where most people earn a dollar a day.
In 2019, EthioChicken sold over 1.5 million one-day-old
chicks every month to 5,500 agents who earned anywhere
from $1,000 to $10,000 a year. The agents sell to about 4
million farmers, who represent nearly 25 million family
members. By our estimates, EthioChicken is annually
injecting more than $200 million into Ethiopia’s economy.
The company has grown to 1,200 employees, all but 4 of
them Ethiopian. In the five-million-person region of Tigray,
where EthioChicken started, malnutrition rates have fallen
more than 11 percent. The government credits EthioChicken
with much of that gain in nutrition, and it has integrated
chicken rearing into its overall agricultural strategy.
EthioChicken learned to partner—with the government,
with agents, with Acumen as an investor, and with charities
such as the Gates Foundation. Each of these partners
brought something different to this enterprise, while
remaining committed to the same goal. Getting
EthioChicken on its feet may have taken longer than either
Dave or Joe thought it would when they started, but by
partnering with government, the company helped make
Ethiopia a model for empowering smallholder farmers with
chickens and their eggs as a source of both income and
protein.
What struck me most about Dave’s and EthioChicken’s
approach to partnering was, again, not only the audacity of
their vision, but the quality of their humility and, therefore,
their ability to build trust. Dave speaks openly about the
mistakes the company made when he and Joe first arrived in
Ethiopia. He recognizes that they initially assumed they had
the answers, rushing to share what they themselves were
bringing to the table. They first had to listen more closely to
what the government needed in order to help its people—
and only then act.
Dave and Joe also realized that they could not partner
alone effectively. They needed the assistance of people such
as Dr. Fseha Tesfu, their soft-spoken but resilient Ethiopian
national sales manager, who manages EthioChicken’s
relationship with government. On the government side, the
state minister for livestock, Dr. Gebregziabher
Gebreyohannes, was a believer in the company’s potential
from its early days, backing them up as they hit inevitable
speed bumps along the path to success. After all,
individuals, not institutions, create the relationships that
lead to change.
Dave models building trust with those at all levels of an
institution, and all kinds of stakeholders. I have watched him
interact with agents, farmers, and extension workers with
enormous humility, shaking everyone’s hand; speaking in
Ethiopia’s official tongue, Amharic; eating the local food
with the exuberance he brings to everything; and praising
the goodness he has discovered in his adopted country. In
never forgetting that you are a guest, you are more likely to
be accepted as a local.
In 2014, recognizing the company’s ability to deliver,
Ethiopia’s Southern Nations, Nationalities, and Peoples’
Region offered EthioChicken a contract to take over two
more failing farms, this time on a fixed-payment
arrangement. “I don’t think we would have been as
successful without working with the Ethiopian government,”
Dave told me. “The government allowed us to build trust
very quickly with smallholder farmers. And to build a market
that has changed the game.”
I was recently asked if it was possible to teach people to
build trust. Yes, I believe so. Given that trust is our rarest
currency, we have no choice but to teach our children, and
one another, to be trusting and worthy of trust. You build
trust by showing up, by listening to what someone else has
to say, by keeping promises. You build trust through shared
endeavor and by the consistency of your words and actions.
You build it by admitting mistakes and by communicating
both when things go well and when they fail. You build trust
by knowing your values, living them, and being clear with
others that you will not violate those values.
Most of our grandmothers could have given us this
same advice.
Chapter 11
ACCOMPAN
Y EACH
OTHER
In 1987, while I was building Duterimbere, I also helped a
group of unwed mothers transform a charity project into a
bakery business. I’d recognized that too few
microentrepreneurs in Rwanda employed people beyond a
couple of family members, so I decided to try my hand at
building a business, foolishly assuming the endeavor would
be easy. The women already knew how to bake, and there
was a ready market in the fancier offices in town. Moreover,
there was no real competition at the time.
But in the beginning, no matter how hard I tried to make
things work, we failed. The women didn’t show up on time.
They stole from the bakery. They were too fearful to knock
on office doors and introduce themselves, looking at the
floor when anyone spoke to them. The women had few
marketable skills, no trust, and little entrepreneurial drive. It
took me a while to identify the entanglement of forces that
kept these women from taking advantage of this “market
opportunity.” They were from poor families, and most were
illiterate and unskilled, divided from mainstream society and
divorced from their own sense of worth.
So-called “respectable people” kept their distance from
such poverty, referring to the poor women as “prostitutes”
and seeing them as second-class citizens, at best. The poor
and vulnerable continually suffer from poverty’s many forms
of violence: dangerous physical environments, miserable
schools, inadequate health care, and untrustworthy courts.
In turn, many poor and vulnerable people inflict a further
sense of unworthiness on themselves. I began to
understand what Rousseau meant when he wrote in The
Social Contract that “man is born free, yet everywhere he is
in chains.”
Intuitively, I adjusted the role I played, no longer simply
a manager, but a coach, a cheerleader, a friend. Each
Friday, I’d hold sessions to teach the women how business
worked in ways that connected to their realities, not mine.
We practiced saying hello to strangers. I joined them to try
to convince shopkeepers to stock our baked goods. I was at
the bakery most mornings when they arrived, and we
celebrated small victories together. And sometimes we
laughed, joyfully and boisterously. Their challenges in the
bakery became mine to solve not for them but with them.
Though frustrated daily, I found that I liked the person I
was when I was around these women. I discovered ways to
hold a mirror to their inner beauty and potential, and they
reflected back to me the best parts of myself. Appreciation
revealed itself in an unexpected smile, a hug, or a collective
cheer when our sales finally began to creep upward and the
number of stolen goods declined to zero. Yet our shared
journey was more than one of mutual gratitude. In time, the
women began to earn more than most of their peers while
building a business, seeing a steady income, and
establishing self-esteem. Finally, they had unearthed a
sense of dignity inside themselves that no one could take
away from them.
Without knowing it, I was learning to practice the
principle of accompaniment.
Accompaniment is a Jesuit idea, meaning to “live and
walk” alongside those you serve. It is the willingness to
encounter another, to make someone feel valued and seen,
bettered for knowing you, never belittled. Guiding another
person, organization, or community to build confidence and
capabilities requires tenacity, a disciplined resolve to show
up repeatedly with no expectation of thanks in return. This
kind of accompaniment requires the patience to listen to
others’ stories without judgment, to offer skills and solutions
without imposition. It is to be a follower as well as a guide, a
humble yet aspirational teacher-student focused on
coaching another with firm kindness and a steady presence.
With those you aim to serve or lead, your job is to be
interested, to help make another person shine, not
demonstrate how smart or good or capable you yourself are.
Accompaniment is especially important when partnering
with those who are from places or families that have been
traumatized or marginalized by war, violence, isolation,
aggression, or by drugs or generational poverty.
Accompaniment recognizes that for many individuals and
communities, spiritual poverty is as devastating as material
poverty. The simple act of showing up and connecting with
another’s humanity can help a person rekindle hope in ways
they might not otherwise have dreamed of doing.
Think of someone in your own life who saw the best
version of who you could be, even when you couldn’t see
that version yourself. That person could be a parent, sibling,
mentor, teacher, coach, or boss who dared you, pushed you,
equipped you with the skills to succeed; a friend who told
you hard truths constructively, perhaps with toughness but
bolstered by determined love, all with the end result of
making you feel bigger, more awake, more here. If you can
think of just one person who accompanied you like that, you
should count yourself lucky.
Now think of the people who feel left out—those living in
poverty, in conflict areas, sitting in prison, or struggling in
refugee camps. Many in those communities are exposed to
endless callousness and constant criticism. Often, they
internalize the perceptions that others impose on them—
that they are predatory, parasitic, unfit, unworthy, or
invisible.
Despair is not the singular domain of the poor. For all of
us who have suffered unimaginable loss or who are in crisis
or physical pain, just getting out of bed can sometimes be
an act of courage. For anyone experiencing loneliness or
despondency, there is great power in knowing that while
you have to do the hard work of change on your own,
someone out there has your back.
I’ve always been drawn to businesses that integrate the
spirit of accompaniment into their operations. I moved to
Africa in 1986 because I’d seen how banking had overlooked
the poor and was inspired by the earliest microfinance
models, which lent money to low-income women and
imparted them with skills, confidence, and community. One
of the most inspiring of these was the Self-Employed
Women’s Association (SEWA) in India, a trade union for
ragpickers, brick crushers, women who carry huge loads on
their heads, and the like. Based on an ethos of strength in
unity and a pro-poor philosophy, SEWA has grown to more
than two million members. Though the women of SEWA may
have limited material assets to claim for themselves, their
union membership is their bond to one another, and it is
upon this bond that SEWA extends microloans to them.
In 2015, on a cold and bitter January day in New Delhi, I
met Deepa Roy and Shruti Gonsalves, two of SEWA’s
directors, to travel with them on a visit to Acumen’s new
investee, SEWA Grih Rin, a housing finance subsidiary that
provides loans to women who lack legal title to their land
and thus are unable to obtain mortgages to improve their
homes.
Together, we drove more than two hours on
crisscrossing highways whose twists and turns made me
nauseated at times. As we traveled farther from the city, the
spaghetti roads relaxed and narrowed, carrying us past farm
fields and barren industrial areas, until we reached Savda
Ghevra, a massive resettlement project for people rendered
homeless by slum clearances undertaken mainly by the
Indian government to remake parts of Delhi for major
events such as the Commonwealth Games. Even before we
reached our destination, I couldn’t help but imagine the
four- to five-hour round-trip bus commute people living in
the area endured daily to look for work in the city.
The unpaved settlement lanes were lined with a mix of
brick and poured-concrete houses painted Candy Land
colors, as well as temporary shacks patched with bamboo
poles, sheets of plastic, cardboard boxes, and random
pieces of fabric. Soon we arrived at a two-story structure
painted a startling aqua green with a narrow, banister-free
exterior staircase zigzagging sideways along the wall from
ground level to a door on the second floor. A diminutive
woman with salt-and-pepper hair fastened in a neat bun
waited for us in the second-floor doorway wearing socks and
sandals and a mauve kurta layered over a burgundy
sweater and loose homespun shawl. A cataract clouded one
of her bright eyes.
“My name is Dhanpati,” the woman said, inviting us into
her small, clean, unheated home with pink interior walls. We
settled into white plastic chairs for what would be a three-
hour conversation. Dhanpati began by telling us about her
“happy life” in the slums near Connaught Place, in Central
Delhi, where she’d grown up knowing everyone and was
confident she belonged. Describing the slum clearance that
changed her life in 2008, she began to weep. “It was raining
the day they came to evict us,” she said.
The bulldozers knocked over her house and the
dwellings of her longtime neighbors as if the structures were
made of cardboard. The destruction became a harrowing
storm of concrete and dirt, a lamentation of photographs,
papers, and other mementos that churned and settled in the
dust, all that remained of a once-vibrant community where
she and her family lived and worked and dreamed.
Dhanpati’s voice dropped to a whisper. “We were
promised an allotment for land, but you had to pay seven
thousand rupees [about a hundred dollars] to process the
allotment, and most of us didn’t have that kind of money.
So, we lost everything.”
For six years, Dhanpati’s family of ten lived in a tent in a
mustard field. “At least,” she said, “we were close to the
resettlement area and did our best to navigate the system,
even if so little of the system actually worked.” In the
meantime, while her family was seeking some sort of
assistance, Dhanpati began working at the supposedly free
public toilet in the area. “Since government does not show
up,” she said, “I clean the toilet and charge people per use.
They are happy I am there. Otherwise, it would be too
filthy.”
The opposite of accompaniment is separation. To enable
the violence of slum clearances and other systems that strip
people of life’s possibilities requires a separation among and
within ourselves. We reduce people to statistics in ways that
dehumanizes them, keeping ourselves at a distance from
the ugly realities of our decisions—or our inaction. We tell
ourselves there is nothing else to be done. We blame
victims’ hardships on “the system” or characterize the poor
as being unwilling or unworthy. We prefer not to know.
Thus does separation lie at the core of poverty. When
policy makers decided to build a stadium in that Delhi slum,
Dhanpati lost the only home she’d ever known. She felt
humiliation in her homelessness, and shame in her inability
to afford school for her children or find adequate health
care. She bore the cost of too many cold and sleepless
nights, accustomed to the loneliness that comes from
feeling forever on the outside looking in, far away from her
community. As Dhanpati told her story, her eyes flickered
with both fight and desolation.
The separation that divides human beings also creates
divisions within people, making them feel that they are less
than others, that they are not worthy, that they are not
enough. In reconnecting and reconstituting our common
bonds, in accompanying one another, we have the greatest
chance for renewal in our work, in our communities, and
also within ourselves.
I asked Dhanpati if she trusted anyone.
“I trust only myself.”
“What about SEWA?” I asked.
She smiled and said, “Yes. I trust them.”
I asked why.
She looked around the room. “The people from SEWA
visit,” she said. “They fulfill promises. They lent me the
money to build my home. They call me by my name. It is
the only place in my life where I hear my name aloud. I am
Dhanpati when they come.”
I asked her to say more.
“Women like me lose our identity as soon as we marry.
We are called wife or daughter-in-law or mother, but never
our real names. SEWA makes me feel more important, as if I
am somebody. I am Dhanpati. My name means ‘Lord of
Wealth.’ I am somebody.” Then she added proudly that she
was current on her loan payments.
SEWA accompanies its female members, trains them
with skills, and holds their hands when needed. At the same
time, SEWA Grih Rin understands that it cannot and must
not simply solve their members’ problems, but must enable
the women to solve problems for themselves. In turn, the
women show up for one another.
SEWA Grih Rin’s accompaniment of these women
signals the union’s fight for the rights of the self-employed,
the landless, and those who would change their own lives if
given the chance and skills. The female members know that
the institution is there to support them.
Accompaniment is a way of upholding your commitment
to another’s success. After her year as an Acumen fellow
with a Rwandan coffee company that purchased beans from
some of the poorest farmers on the planet, Australian-born
Ramya Waran accepted a full-time job with the company,
running operations while the CEO negotiated contracts with
specialty buyers and maintained a more external presence.
Ramya loved working with the farmers, and took great pride
in being a female leader who supported women to lead
themselves.
Sadly, that coffee company ultimately failed. While
investors, including Acumen, focused on what it would mean
to shut it down and do what was necessary to repay its
creditors, Ramya turned her attention to the three hundred
smallholder farmers who had lost their livelihoods. Despite
her own exhaustion and working without a paycheck for
months, Ramya stayed on the job until every farmer felt
secure and connected to a new company.
I will never forget my phone conversation with her. I was
walking down a blustery New York City street while Ramya
was up late in Kigali. “While the company is operational,”
she told me, “the best thing I can do for investors is to
ensure a fair and profitable company. But with investors out
and the company shutting down,” she continued, “I have to
focus on the farmers. Isn’t that what we mean when we
commit to standing with the poor? The bankruptcy wasn’t
their fault. They are the most vulnerable stakeholders of all
here.”
When faced with excruciating decisions involving
divergent stakeholders, I call to mind and am inspired by
Ramya’s fierce determination to accompany the farmers.
She had no financial cushion, and she was living in a foreign
country, yet not for a minute did she allow the situation to
be about her. Ramya was there to accompany the farmers,
to stand with the poor so they could carry on with their
prospects intact after the company that had trained and
supported them collapsed.
In times of both success and failure, we can choose with
whom we stand. Going beyond yourself to enable others not
just to persevere but to thrive lies at the heart of
accompaniment. Twenty-first-century capitalism rewards
money, power, and fame, not the immeasurable impact we
have on a person’s confidence, their courage, or their ability
to, say, remain in school or even to make it through another
day. This failure to recognize important work imperils us all.
By rewarding only what we can measure, we perpetuate
systems that fail to honor that which we value most—and
the price we pay is nothing less than our collective soul. But
we can choose to build new systems grounded in a moral
framework premised on the belief that we are here on earth
to serve others and to sustain our planet for the next
generation. That starts with the simple, dedicated act of
accompanying one another.
At a time when elements of the developed and the
developing world exist within every country, the principle of
accompaniment is universally relevant. As countries become
wealthier and more unequal, they inevitably become more
individualistic and fearful, breeding grounds for isolation,
loneliness, and mistrust.
Many models of accompaniment in the developing world
are based on the understanding that people yearn to
belong, to be cared for, and that individual communities
thrive when they are parts of larger communities. In other
words, human beings thrive when we believe someone
cares about us. It isn’t much more complicated than that.
During the HIV/AIDS crisis in Africa, many organizations
employed a community health worker (CHW) model,
enlisting and transforming ordinary community members
into health workers who accompanied their neighbors. The
CHWs would show up at the homes of HIV-infected patients
to make sure they were eating correctly and taking their
medicines. The best of these health workers emotionally
accompanied the ill, making them feel seen and worthy. In
turn, the CHWs become valued members and leaders of
society.
Manmeet Kaur, an American daughter of South Asian
immigrants, worked both in South Africa and India, where
she experienced the CHW model firsthand before returning
to New York to pursue her MBA. In 2013, she founded a
company in Manhattan’s Harlem neighborhood called City
Health Works, which aims to integrate CHWs and coaches
into the U.S. health care system. She’d seen unskilled South
African women receive a few months’ training and then
support patients with HIV, often with remarkable results.
“Why couldn’t residents serve as peer counselors in the
States?” she wondered.
In Harlem, as in much of the United States, significant
numbers of residents suffer from chronic diseases such as
diabetes, asthma, and hypertension. Manmeet reasoned
that partnering directly with these patients could help them
modify their lifestyles and provide companionship while also
saving the government and insurance companies a
considerable amount of money.
On another wintry January day, this time in 2017, I went
to City Health Works to visit a local health coach named
Destini Belton, an African American whose uncluttered attire
(black pants, a red sweater, and stud earrings) and pulled-
back hair were paired with a straightforward personality.
Personable, smart, and matter-of-fact, Destini spoke to me
as if we were old friends while we walked to a colorful
community center in Spanish Harlem. Inside the center, we
passed a gym full of young boys playing basketball, and
then a dance hall where older men and women were
dancing salsa, finally to arrive at a room filled with thirty
women and three or four men playing cards or bingo or
mah-jongg. A petite elderly Chinese woman walked from
table to table offering oranges and powdery cookies.
We joined a group of black and Latina women who were
gladdened to see Destini and who welcomed me warmly. We
talked about their lives and what it felt like to be clients of
City Health Works. Maria, wearing a wool cap and holding a
cane, spoke about how much she loved feeling part of
something. “Destini takes me to the grocery store and
teaches me how to shop for healthy foods,” she said. “I
appreciate that. These people know what they’re doing. We
go on walks, and Destini checks in on me to see that I’m
taking the right meds. Whenever I have a problem, I just call
her.” As Maria spoke, the other women at the table nodded
their heads in agreement.
“But are you healthier?” I asked.
“You bet I’m healthier!” Maria exclaimed. “I’ve lost
weight and I feel good. It’s been a long time since I had to
go to the hospital.”
I turned to Destini and asked for her reaction to so many
compliments.
“It does make me feel valued,” she responded. “I had a
dead-end job before this one, just working in retail. But now
I’m being trained. I’m contributing to the community and
my family.”
I asked Destini what she appreciated most about her job
as a health coach.
“I teach the women how to do better at eating and
shopping,” she said. “And they appreciate it. Some have a
better sense of hope now. They’ve been suffering from the
same diseases for so many years, and now they are seeing
for the first time that they can feel better if they manage
their issues.”
“Has seeing the women changed you?” I asked.
“I feel more important now, and my own eating also has
improved.”
“Why do you think your eating habits have changed?”
“If you’re the coach, you’d better practice what you
preach!” Destini responded. “Being a coach is helping more
than my patients. It’s helping my whole family and some of
my friends, too.” I realized as she spoke that in teaching one
family member how to take better care of their health,
Destini was impacting extended families, including her own.
As Manmeet later explained, “We teach our health
coaches to start by asking three questions of their clients:
What are your fears? What are you struggling with? What
motivates you to live a longer life? After a couple of visits,
clients might disclose more sensitive struggles that are
contributing to their poor health, whether they fear taking
their medicines or are too ashamed to go to local food
pantries. The health coaches learn to listen, and the clients
feel seen, because our coaches have similar life
experiences. People from vulnerable situations are not just
defined by their situations. They have individual and
collective strengths.”
As for the health workers, Manmeet added, some have
told her that they observe themselves “leveling up,”
acquiring new skills and believing more deeply in
themselves because the company assumes they can do
more than they imagined for themselves.
City Health Works now has accompanied more than two
thousand clients in Harlem and is taking the model to other
parts of New York City. Manmeet has proven that the model
lowers overall health costs, securing state contracts that will
allow her to build a profitable company.
People sometimes ask how “accompaniment” scales as
a principle. I would say that how we support one another is
an ethos, a way of seeing others—and ourselves. If we
spread that ethos, and if we celebrate those who do it well,
then accompaniments and the benefits from them will only
increase.
Accompaniment is not only for a business or an
organization. It is a framework for a more inclusive, caring
society. Wherever people feel lonely, isolated, or anxious,
there is an opportunity: to prevent chronic disease, to
support the elderly, to take care of the very young, to help
the sick and suffering, to help prisoners feel less alone, and
to enable the formerly incarcerated and drug users to get
back on their feet. All of us will at some point need to be
accompanied. All of us have the power to accompany
someone else in need.
At the end of my day in Harlem, I reflected on its
connection to that chilly visit to Dhanpati’s pink house on
the other side of the world. I was mesmerized by her story:
Dhanpati’s was a narrative of an entire system that people
like her across the world are expected to navigate though
every card in the deck is stacked against them.
That day, Dhanpati noticed that I’d not stopped
shivering from the freezing air since we’d arrived. She
offered us hot tea and biscuits. We declined, knowing the
family would have to cross the street to buy water and milk
for the tea. But Dhanpati would not accept my refusal.
“If I visit you, you will give me tea. Now you are visiting
my home. I will do the same.”
I accepted the milky sweet tea gratefully, delighting in
the shot of sugar and heat. Dhanpati instantly offered me a
second cup. My desire to take it was slowed only by my
sense of shame. By now, the entire family had joined our
conversation and was waiting patiently for us to be sated
before they served themselves.
The irony of Dhanpati’s attentiveness and her focus on
service—her accompaniment—was not lost on me. Who was
the real giver here? In that tiny teacup was an ocean of
grace provoking me to examine how often I failed to pause
and notice the needs of those right in front of me. I had
much to learn from Dhanpati, and from the way SEWA Grih
Rin accompanied her so that she could accompany others.
This is the secret of accompaniment: I will hold a mirror
to you and show you your value, bear witness to your
suffering and to your light. And over time, you will do the
same for me, for within the relationship lies the promise of
our shared dignity and the mutual encouragement needed
to do the hard things.
Whatever you aim to do, whatever problem you hope to
address, remember to accompany those who are struggling,
who are left out, who lack the capabilities needed to solve
their own problems. We are each other’s destiny. Beneath
the hard skills and firm strategic priorities needed to resolve
our greatest challenges lies the soft, fertile ground of our
shared humanity. In that place of hard and soft is
sustenance enough to nourish the entire human family.
Chapter 12
TELL
STORIES
THAT
MATTER
“Aren’t you too old to be so idealistic about Africa?” a
prominent Nigerian businessman taunted me with a smile
during a 2009 dinner party in a posh home in Accra, Ghana.
Around the long rectangular table with me were eighteen
West African businessmen and my colleague Catherine
Casey Nanda. The air held the scent of frangipani and
formality.
Catherine and I were at that table to introduce Acumen
to potential philanthropic supporters in West Africa, to paint
a picture of what Acumen was capable of igniting in the
region, and to set the stage for raising local funds.
Catherine had already shared anecdotes of potential
investments we would make in Nigeria and Ghana, stories
that offered strong testimony to the potential of our work.
The night had been progressing swimmingly.
Then I launched into a perhaps too-rhapsodic address
about Acumen’s work from a more global perspective. The
man’s question about my idealism took me by surprise. His
words were skeptical; his tone, cynical. I was conscious of
my race, my outsider status, and the larger stakes of this
first meeting to introduce Acumen to West Africa. At the
same time, I experienced the man’s provocation as an
affront to what my team and our collective work
represented. Into the center of that table, with its starched
and pressed linen and its sterling silver, attended by
uniformed men wearing pristine white gloves, the
charismatic questioner had thrown down a gauntlet.
I reached across the finery to accept the challenge,
asking the man what he meant by his question.
“Just what I said,” he responded flatly. “Aren’t you too
old to be so idealistic about Africa?”
Now all eyes were on me.
“I choose idealism as an antidote to cynicism,” I said,
locking the man’s eyes with my own. “That doesn’t mean I
don’t see the ugly or the challenges. I’m trying to picture
how I would inspire an audience by describing only the
continent’s underbelly. Isn’t West Africa much more than
that?”
Internally, I could feel the presence of two voices, one
telling me to put a muzzle on my mouth; the other one
urging me forward. “Would you rather I spoke about some of
my experiences with incompetence or corruption or abject
indifference?” I asked, as the timbre of my voice gradually
crescendoed. “For I could give a lecture on any of those
topics. I could also share anecdotes of elites who talk a big
game of love and peace only to let down their countrymen
and women, knowing that as long as they are in the ‘right
clubs,’ the world will applaud their riches and ignore their
misdeeds. Or I could recount times I’ve been held up,
mugged, assaulted, robbed, and threatened. I could speak
about colleagues of mine who fought for justice, for years,
only to be murdered during the Rwandan genocide; or
describe others who capitulated finally to their insecurities
and their thirst for power, ultimately joining the perpetrators
of that bloodbath.”
I took a breath, if only to stem my swelling emotions.
“Sometimes,” I concluded, “there are days when I have to
fight a hardening of my own soul from seeing too many
people treated like throwaways. So, yes, I can paint the
opposite of idealistic for you. But as the Nigerian author
Chimamanda Adichie says, there is more than a single
story.”
Of course, I can tell stories of lightness and darkness
about every country I know, especially about my own
nation. But we were talking about a continent that had
shaped my identity and, in many ways, had taught me what
real love is. Anger rose inside my chest like a clenched fist
as that part of me that had committed to showing up with
real love, not easy love, felt threatened.
And the man had questioned me on the wrong night.
Or maybe it was the right one.
I was in the middle of a family crisis that seemed to
parallel our dinner discussion. A month earlier, my thirty-
five-year-old sister, Amy, had undergone brain surgery that
had left her entire left side paralyzed. The surgeons had told
her she might never walk again. She was in rehab in New
York City, and we knew, regardless of the outcome, that the
road ahead would be a long one.
But you don’t want to mess with my sister. Amy
understood the prognosis; we all did. She knew that parts of
her body would be slower to return to mobility, if they ever
did, and that other parts held more potential. She was
studying every kind of therapy imaginable, supported by a
tight community of family and friends who accompanied
her, aware that in the end, she was the one who would have
to do the excruciating work of recovery. And my sister kept
to a single narrative: You don’t get to choose what happens
to you. But you do get to choose how you respond.
“When I’m in the room with my sister,” I said to those at
the table, “we listen carefully to the surgeon’s dreary words,
but we don’t dwell on them; instead, we talk about the
wedding my sister Amy is planning with her prince of a
fiancé. I tell her how much I’m looking forward to dancing
with her.”
I continued: “Some might say that is foolish optimism—
or too idealistic, but I believe you become the story you
choose to tell. While my family can accompany my sister,
that’s all we can do. Amy has to do the heroic work of
fighting every day. She is focused and tough. And she
refuses to acquiesce to narratives that would have her
accept what many see as inevitable.
“And you know what?” I continued. “Mark my words: I
will dance with my sister at her wedding.”
I paused long enough to notice that everyone had
stopped eating.
“Make of it what you’d like, but I am dedicated to
contributing to the growing movement of enterprising,
committed, capable, ethical, and public-spirited African
social entrepreneurs who are serving their communities,
nations, and this very continent. I am betting on individuals
who will not be hemmed in by other people’s narratives.
“Look, the negatives I described about Africa are truths,
just like those that my sister’s surgeons hold about
probabilities of recovery. Equally as real, however, are the
stories of astonishing creativity and hard work on this
continent. Kenya’s mobile banking technologies have
leapfrogged services in the West. Nigeria’s Nollywood is the
third-largest film industry in the world. I’ve met brilliant
scientists, technologists, doctors, musicians, poets, writers,
philanthropists, activists, teachers, and, yes, even
politicians here, all of whom are focused on serving the
greater good. I have been humbled by the wisdom of people
in this region who’ve known great suffering yet still are
determined to try to give and to forgive.
“It is all here. All of it. The question is which stories will
we tell, those reeking of despair or those imbued with a
hard-edged hope.”
The man’s mouth broke into a toothy smile. “Hey,” he
said, “I’m a journalist. I’m paid to be skeptical.”
“I get that,” I replied. “I just have to beat the drum for
hope, you know, as a radical response to cynicism.”
He insisted he wasn’t cynical, just skeptical, and
everyone laughed. Maybe because the discussion was so
real and so raw, Catherine and I found ardent supporters
that night, people whose efforts helped us build a program,
now based in Lagos, Nigeria, whose stories of possibility
Acumen and scores of fellows and entrepreneurs can now
tell.
The job of the moral leader—which is the job of all of us
—is to learn to tell the stories that matter, stories that unite
and inspire, reinforcing our individual and collective
potential, and paint a picture of the future that we can build
and inhabit together. Stories that matter are not stories that
demean, deride, divide, ridicule, belittle, blame, or shame.
We must take the harder path of telling stories that hold our
truths, both the ugly and the beautiful, while remaining
laser-focused on the possible.
Stories matter, for they have consequences. The stories
we choose to tell often define who we become. Indeed,
recent advances in science are proving that the narratives
we tell about ourselves and others influence even our health
and longevity. Show me a happy person, and I will show you
someone who owns her own narrative, who shares most
happenings in positive ways and tragic events as turning
points rather than end points.
In consciously shaping our personal narratives, we find
the freedom to become our best selves, and can do more to
accompany and inspire others. Take the case of Teresa
Njoroge. An elegant young Kenyan woman with a successful
career in banking, in January 2011 she was jailed, along with
her three-month-old daughter, in the Langata Women
Maximum Security Prison in Nairobi, Kenya, for a crime she
didn’t commit—for a year. Teresa could have told a story of
being a victim, a story of bitterness, rage, or revenge.
Instead, she claimed a more positive narrative for herself,
turning a tragic and costly miscarriage of justice into a
springboard for service and possibility—and without letting
the broken criminal justice system off the hook.
Teresa shared the story of her arrest during one of my
Nairobi visits in 2017. “I loved my career and everything
that went with it, especially the status and prestige,” she
said. “But then I handled a fraudulent transaction
unknowingly. The police arrested and charged me with
fraud, and that same arresting officer told me that if I paid
him ten thousand dollars, the case would disappear.
“Even if I had the money,” Teresa continued, “why
would I pay a bribe when I had done nothing wrong? I spent
the next two and a half years in and out of courts, fighting
to prove my innocence. It was humiliating to see my face
and name in newspapers and on television. And then, just
before the court date, the court offered me the chance for
freedom—if I paid fifty thousand dollars. But the
investigation had produced no evidence whatsoever of any
crime, so I had no fear of conviction. I refused to pay, and I
found myself locked behind a prison gate.”
The prison guard in Langata issued Teresa a number as
a proxy for her name. As a prisoner, she was given a loose-
fitting black-and-white-striped cotton uniform to wear just
like everyone else. Though her first days in the prison were
full of trepidation, Teresa quickly came to understand how
many of her fellow inmates had simply fallen through the
cracks of society, ending up in jail after having been falsely
convicted, or used as a scapegoat in corrupt systems where
the poor and most vulnerable bear the brunt of society’s
failures.
Living as a prisoner, among prisoners, Teresa came to
reinterpret the misguided stories we tell ourselves about
those who are incarcerated. “Too often, we criminalize
poverty,” she said. “Poor women are arrested for lacking
licenses to hawk their wares on the streets. Technically, they
are breaking the law, but they are trying to sell what little
they have so that they can survive. The same applies when
mothers sometimes steal tiny portions of food to feed their
children or find medicines to keep a sick relative alive.
Again, they might be guilty, but aren’t their stories more
about broken health systems, broken education systems,
broken economic systems? Don’t those stories matter more
than the individual infringements of women and men cast
aside by society before they even had a real chance to
participate?”
Teresa resolved to work on the challenges of the
criminal justice system. “My time in prison was a blessing in
disguise,” she reflected.
Upon her release, she founded an NGO called Clean
Start, to help female prisoners gain the skills and confidence
to participate as full citizens of society. This mission has
become part of who she is: “Daily, I think about the women
in prison and those who have left but are kept out of
society’s opportunities. Daily, I wonder how their children
are faring.”
Teresa’s story begins with the narrative that matters
most to her—her own. The truer we are to the details of our
inner and outer lives, the more universal those details
become. In time, Teresa’s story has become the story of all
imprisoned people. By hewing to her own deepest realities,
she has been able to extend empathy toward prisoners as a
collective group and acknowledge that she is in them, and
they, in her.
The moral leader elevates, providing pathways to
redemption and meaning. Teresa’s narrative is not just
about enduring hardship. It is also about second chances,
and taking charge of your own life. She now enters jails
willingly, lovingly, and finds in the female inmates a life
force that enlivens her spirit and fortifies her will.
The psychiatrist and Holocaust survivor Viktor Frankl
wrote, “Between stimulus and response there is a space. In
that space is our power to choose our response. In our
response lies our growth and our freedom.” The narratives
we choose to tell ourselves and others can be extremely
consequential, steering us toward roads of despair or
pathways to freedom. The choice is ours to make.
Of course, the space “between stimulus and response”
is no space at all for those who respond emotionally or
defensively to every Facebook post or tweet. Social media
encourages us to post fabulous stories and images, to
curate our personal “brands” based on “best of” lives lived
externally. Meanwhile, our internal realities may painfully
diverge in comparison, making it even more challenging
than in previous generations to be honest with ourselves
about who we are and who we want to be. But the ability to
tell stories that matter starts with the story of self. Those
narratives must be truthful and vulnerable, and grounded in
self-awareness, if we hope to engender trust and enable
self-discovery in those around us.
We fail in this accounting if we reduce our own narrative
to a single defining story. I’ve known too many people who
cling to a narrow definition of themselves, repeating the
same story so many times that they divorce themselves
from their own words, thereby limiting their potential for
growth. I once knew a man who started every introduction
recounting his youth, how he would lie on a mat beneath a
yellow moon, his belly empty and aching as his mother
pretended to cook over an open fire while, in reality, stirring
nothing but water. He shared this narrative in ways that
captivated every audience—at least, the first few times they
heard it.
Over time, I realized that my friend used his childhood
story less to teach or illuminate than to protect from
rejection of the man he had become. While that
impoverished boy would always be a part of him, he had
since become a privileged adult with significant
opportunities and responsibilities. By failing to integrate his
new story into the old, he neither made peace with that
frightened, hungry little boy nor fully acknowledged his
older, successful, complicated self. Consequently, everyone
was cheated from knowing the fullness of him in the
present; and he lost most of all.
In that same vein, diminishing ourselves to elicit
sympathy or pity from those more powerful than ourselves
might result in short-term material payoffs; but those
narratives risk reinforcing negative biases and spiritual
depletion. I once visited a private school for underprivileged
but talented youth in East Africa, and I was overjoyed by the
quality of the young people I met there. At the same time, I
became increasingly dismayed at the way each of them
introduced him- or herself. A beautiful fourteen-year-old girl
with a veil draped softly over her head shared her name and
then immediately launched into her story as a poor village
girl who was beaten by her recently deceased father. A few
minutes later, I met a fifteen-year-old boy dressed in a
perfectly pressed school uniform, his hair neatly combed. He
shook my hand professionally. Before I could ask a question,
he told me that his parents were poor and had no means to
educate him. A third and then a fourth youngster handed
me similar stories of suffering.
My head in a whirl, I thanked the young people for their
time, then excused myself to seek out the headmaster. I
found him outside the school’s well-stocked music room—a
tall, balding man in a blue suit. “Your students are
remarkable,” I began. “I could imagine each of them
running a company, a school system, or even a country in
their lifetimes. But I also feel uncomfortable with the way
they introduce themselves. Rather than painting pictures of
endless, hopeless poverty, why can’t they present
themselves as the highly talented students they are, young
future-oriented people who have earned a right to attend
any school on earth and succeed?”
The headmaster spoke plainly and slowly. “Most visitors,
especially donors, want to know that we use their money for
poor children who would not have the opportunity for
education without them. Philanthropists want to feel good
about their giving; we are simply helping them do that.
Without their funds, there would be no school.”
“But what about the young people themselves?” I
asked. “Doesn’t this beggar approach lock them into
presenting themselves as poor and grateful, rather than
talented and brimming with potential? What message does
this send to the students? And doesn’t it reinforce the savior
complex in wealthy individuals?”
The headmaster’s expression was a mix of
understanding and irritation. “It is hard to raise money,” he
said, and sighed.
I agreed with the hard part, though I deplored his
methods. We will not build strong institutions or confident,
capable people if we don’t tell the whole truth. And we
diminish ourselves when we tell—or heed—stories that
reinforce negative stereotypes.
On the other hand, if we spin yarns from hyperbole and
empty promises, we feel like frauds. I was lucky to be raised
by a mythmaking mother who infused her children with the
belief that we could be anything we wanted to be, provided
we worked hard and didn’t quit. And I was regularly cut
down to size by a rowdy bunch of siblings who, even today,
remind me of the foibles of my youth, making it impossible
for me to take myself too seriously. Stories shape and then
reshape each of us. Stories matter.
Too many children are raised on narratives that reinforce
a sense of inferiority or meekness. Some of those children
grow into adults who never escape society’s low
expectations. Others seem imprisoned in bitter allegories of
their own making. Somewhere along the way, they forgot
that our stories are not set in stone. We might inherit
stories, but it is up to us to craft the narratives of our lives,
just as Teresa, the falsely accused banker, did.
We are raised on stories about characters in bedtime
fables, proverbs, religious texts, and family anecdotes;
these shape our worldviews and color our moral
frameworks. Many of the narratives we inherit also demean
other people. Think of Vimal, the Acumen fellow who, as a
boy, was repeatedly told myths about his caste, deemed the
lowliest of people, humans who deserved no livelihood other
than cleaning toilets or removing human waste. That story
was a “fiction,” if you will, to borrow a meaning for that
word from the Israeli philosopher Yuval Harari. For what is
caste if not a story written by a group of people long ago to
explain the world to themselves (and others) in ways that
protected their privilege by making others inferior and
giving a false sense of order to society?
Our most inspirational leaders share stories of human
possibility in which we can see ourselves; consider the
speeches of Mahatma Gandhi, Martin Luther King Jr., and
Nelson Mandela, for example. Creating counternarratives
that refuse to divide and diminish requires a reclamation of
the parables and histories of people too often unheard,
eliciting from them insightful, true stories that resonate with
everyone’s humanity. Good news lies in spectacular role
models of fortitude and forbearance, decency and dignity,
models who exist in every hamlet and slum, in every city
and on every isolated mountain.
Recounting tales of possibility also impacts the culture
we create. If you want to inspire courageous acts of
integrity, celebrate those who act with courage. As the
philosopher Plato wrote, “What is honored in a country is
cultivated there.”
As the ambulance company Ziqitza began to expand
across India (as told in chapter 10), the founders knew that
the question of culture was paramount to their success. The
company built its reputation on delivering effective services
without bribery or corruption, and that demanded shifting
the expectations not only of the private and public partners,
but of the drivers, emergency medical technicians (EMTs),
and patients as well.
The right stories reinforced those values.
“We are talking about people’s lives,” said Sumit Basu,
the company’s regional manager in Odisha. “What else
matters when you have this responsibility?”
Sumit relayed the story of Pratap Kumar Sethi, an EMT
who noticed an open wallet beside an unconscious man
thrown from his vehicle during an accident. Pratap gathered
up the wallet and found $350 in rupees, more than several
months of his salary. He carried the wallet to the hospital,
holding it tightly until the man involved in the accident was
conscious enough to receive it.
At Ziqitza, Pratap’s story was cause for celebration. The
company made him a hero, elevating him as a role model
and getting local media to spread the news and reinforce
the company’s values. The drivers told me how proud they
felt to be part of a company that was “good,” and stressed
that seeing Pratap celebrated publicly inspired them to do
the right thing as well. Ziqitza cofounder Shaffi Mather later
affirmed that a stronger culture translated into more
effective results.
Our hope for a moral revolution rests on telling stories
that unite, that challenge stereotypes and easy prejudices,
and that ultimately reinforce our dignity. Telling those stories
effectively, however, requires a humility that acknowledges
the light and dark in all of us. When you dare to tell your full
story, you will inevitably touch people who relate to your
most vulnerable elements. And as you dive into the more
painful stories from your past, you may find clues to help
shape the story of who you want to become.
At Acumen, we ask new cohorts of fellows to do an
exercise called River of Life. First, the fellows pair off and
discuss the twists and turns of their lives; then each fellow
shares his or her story with the full group (twenty or so
people). Each narrative contains moments of success and
joy, and inevitably times of sorrow or hurt, tragedy or
shame—and sometimes all of these. They tell of childhoods
trapped in crushing poverty, of tragic losses borne too
young. They have grown up in refugee camps, or they have
lived in terror of the Taliban, Naxalites, paramilitaries, or the
police. They have been betrayed; they have been
abandoned. Some have suffered physical or sexual abuse.
The stories make you weep. Every fellow has a story worth
telling, all of them adding to the story of us, a story still
unfolding.
Listening to people share stories of trauma or loss within
their life trajectories is a profound reminder that our
tragedies neither define nor destroy us. How we respond to
our trauma plays a much greater role; and therein lies the
groundwork for the most important stories we can write, not
with pen and paper but in the way we conduct our lives. The
stories shared during the River of Life exercise are
reminders that some individuals choose service and
kindness or commit to fighting for justice in order to defy
the darkness.
Shameem Akhtar was born to a thirteen-year-old father
and a fifteen-year-old mother in a speck of a village outside
a small city called Mirpur Khas, in the vast desert of Sindh,
Pakistan. Shameem’s father, just a boy himself, was initially
devastated at bringing a girl into the world. The story for
girls in his tribe was that of being unworthy, a burden. He
and his wife wanted more for their child.
Shameem’s father had an elder brother, one of the first
in his family to attend university. The elder suggested that
the young couple raise Shameem as a boy—dress her as a
boy, treat her as a boy, and, most important, educate her as
a boy. No girl of their village had ever attended school, and
this plan would allow her to learn.
Thus began Shameem’s adventures as a little boy,
climbing trees, riding bicycles, and attending school. While
her cousins stayed indoors learning to cook and clean,
Shameem sat at the feet of elder men during jurgas, or
councils, absorbing the rules and practices of political
negotiations. Unlike the village girls, she had the chance to
read newspapers, ask questions of male elders, and dream
of other places.
During a long discussion with Shameem at Acumen’s
Karachi office in July 2018, she shared with me the
contradictions of her childhood: “I felt sorry for the girls in
my village but disliked spending time with them, for they
spoke about clothing and makeup, things that bored me. It
made no sense that the boys had the same hands and feet
as I did, yet were treated so differently. I studied hard to be
the best in my class and prove what girls could do.”
I asked her if she had dreaded finally “becoming” a girl.
“Yes, very much,” she admitted. “By the time I was
sixteen, the villagers could see I was female, and many men
insulted my father. Maybe they didn’t like watching a
daughter do better than their sons.” And though being
treated as a boy gave her physical and mental confidence,
Shameem still feared walking alone in a dress at the
university she was then attending.
And her story was not hers alone. Though her father
was not yet thirty when Shameem left for university, he
accompanied her through every challenge. When she
expressed her apprehension to him, he said simply, “I didn’t
raise you to be afraid.”
Though her father endured misunderstanding and
ridicule for the way he raised Shameem, his determination
that she succeed never wavered. This is a story of a father’s
love as well as of a daughter’s courage and capability.
When we dare to push the edges of comfort, the
narratives we tell ourselves can shape-shift and transform
the world. After university, Shameem learned of a job
opportunity with a regional NGO a five-hour bus ride away
from her village. Again, she asked for her father’s blessing;
and again, he said yes. But she was the one who decided to
live a story that would have no limits, regardless of the
costs. Her education had gifted Shameem with dreams
unavailable to “people like her,” and she was not going to
squander them.
Shameem’s new job exposed her to her country’s
diverse people and places, and also to its poverty. “Now I
could see how much more privileged I was than poor women
who were dying in childbirth because they were too far from
a hospital, or whose poverty forced them to choose which of
their children to feed.” Her perspective broadened further
when, as an Acumen fellow in 2015, she met with leaders
from across her country.
In 2016, inspired by the life choices of others, Shameem
decided to leave her job at the NGO and return to her region
to bring education to other little girls. By then, parents of
children were more amenable to the idea, especially those
who had witnessed Shameem’s family receive the money
she sent back home. But nothing prepared her for the
feeling of “seeing a classroom full of little Shameems”
looking back at her as she told the stories of Nelson
Mandela and other history-making individuals. Those bright,
shining faces were worth the cost of her two-hour bus ride,
twice daily, to reach the schools. In the course of the next
few years, Shameem would also earn her PhD.
Shameem’s narrative is filled with layers and lessons—
about the value of education, the power of courage, and the
strength that comes from having someone in your court. Her
story also reveals the incalculable potential lost when we
deny any human being the freedom to learn and contribute.
And Shameem does not need anyone else to tell her
story. In November 2017, I had the great privilege of
curating a session for the TEDWomen conference in New
Orleans, a session in which Shameem participated. She
arrived from Karachi on Halloween night, and the city
streets were overflowing with residents in outlandish
costumes, portraying every ghoulish, irreverent celebrity
character and personality imaginable. Shameem took it all
in stride, though I assured her that Halloween in New
Orleans was not the only story of that city.
Two days later, she stood proudly onstage. The TED
conference had given this child of the desert, born to
illiterate teenage parents, a platform to speak in her own
words, on her own behalf. In return, Shameem spoke for
every child who has been overlooked because of their
gender, race, ethnicity, class, or disability.
Our collective story is a mosaic of narratives that inspire
our better selves, counter those who would divide us, and
reveal the hidden gifts and capacities that the world would
rather not see. The story of us is ultimately that of love
forever unfolding. And no story matters more than that.
One more thing: one of the most indelible memories of
my life is dancing wildly with my sister, Amy, at her epic,
unforgettable wedding.
Chapter 13
EMBRACE
THE
BEAUTIFUL
STRUGGLE
In November 1992, several friends and I trekked the Borneo
rainforest accompanied by two hardy guides, Mustafa and
Gun. We were there to explore the forest ecosystem, natural
and human. The trip was rough going at times; we trudged
for weeks along narrow pathways through dense,
unforgiving vegetation. We would have been wearied by the
intense humidity that kept our clothing perpetually damp
had a constant flow of leeches not jumped onto our limbs
and distracted us with more pressing concerns. At night,
random bugs and enormous beetles had a way of crawling
into our sleeping bags. Our fresh food ran out after a few
days, leaving us with only heaping piles of rice and canned
sardines for meals. Yet, we daily experienced wonder and
were regularly astonished by the lushness of layered jungle
terrain punctuated by shafts of sunlight peeking through the
filigreed forest canopy overhead.
Our guides were delightful. Though their English was
basic at best, Mustafa and Gun helped us witness firsthand
the cost of human activity wrought by commercial logging,
stopping to point toward groves of tree stumps and wide
roads plunging violently into what used to be fertile forest.
We didn’t spot a single mammal on the journey, and heard
just one gibbon call out to others. As for the local people, an
“Indonesianization” policy had consigned nomadic tribes to
reservation-like villages, uprooting them from their homes
and denying them their culture.
In the course of our journey, I began to see more clearly
the symbiotic relationship between human beings and the
environment. Men hauled teak and other hardwoods from
the rainforest to sell across the world, animals lost their
habitat, and humans lost part of the world’s lungs. Native
peoples could not sustain themselves under the onslaught,
and the entire world paid a price. Here, at the source of our
shared ecosystem, the violence of poverty and greed were
palpable.
Both guides seemed to sense when I was feeling nearly
overwhelmed by the destruction wrought by human beings’
thirst for things. In those moments, the guides would
attempt to distract me from my ruminations, directing my
attention to an exotic orchid or tangled vines or moon
shadows dancing across the trunks of skinny trees
shimmying in the night breeze. I’d find in the astonishing
beauty around me a sign of life urging itself to survive. I’d
also hear an admonition of what we would lose if we didn’t
repair the world.
On one of our final nights in the rainforest, the Borneo
journey gifted the group a moment of transcendence. At the
end of a long, sweltering day, we rested in a small clearing.
We were all bone-tired, unrestored by the sticky sponge
baths we’d taken in a nearby blackwater creek. We ate what
we could of our regular canned dinner and then sat silently
with our guides beneath a veil of mosquito netting. Knowing
we were nearing the end of our adventure, I was desperate
to convey my gratitude and admiration to the guides.
With no knowledge of Bahasa, the guides’ language, I
could express only rudimentary thoughts through my words.
But if we lacked a common language, I reasoned, maybe
there were songs we shared. I started to sing, hoping I’d hit
a tune the guides would recognize. After trying and failing
with at least a dozen songs, I finally chanced upon one of
my favorite Christmas carols: “Silent night, holy night, / All
is calm, all is bright…”
Upon hearing the familiar tune, Mustafa and Gun both
smiled and began to sing. The others joined in, and our little
group became a choir, harmonizing in four languages:
English, Bahasa, German, and French. I felt myself extended
not only to my fellow journeyers but to the forest around us
and all its living things. Long, arduous days immersed in
nature had stripped us of artifice, granting us access to a
deeper level of “knowing” somehow. The night’s flickering
lights and unbidden symphony illuminated the possible,
expanding my soul’s longing to know that all could be
healed.
Silent night, holy night.
When we finally could sing no more, the six of us held
hands for a moment and bowed to the divinity we
experienced in one another.
That night, I went to sleep full of awe and secure in my
belief of an illimitable consciousness that binds us with all
living things. I silently recommitted to work toward human
dignity and a more sustainable earth. And I understood then
that skills and resources are not enough to solve our
problems: we must ground our systems in a spiritual
foundation big enough to sustain our astonishing diversity.
Such a foundation is based on the notion of transcendence,
that all living things are interconnected, that we are
deserving of dignity.
Humans’ growing awareness of our interdependence is
driving people across the planet to reimagine and try to live
by a new set of guiding principles. I see this in the growing
army of social entrepreneurs across the globe, including
those you’ve met in these pages. Some are devoted to
expanding human possibilities. Others are fighting to save
the planet, to reverse the march of so many species toward
extinction, to temper the destructive elements of
technology. No matter your field, there is much to learn from
activists imagining and building new systems together for
our twenty-first-century world.
For example, environmental and animal rights activists
are pressing, sometimes successfully, to enshrine
“nonhuman rights.” In Colombia in April 2018, a group of
twenty-five young people won a court ruling to “recognize
the Colombian Amazon as an entity, subject of rights, and
beneficiary of the protection, conservation, maintenance
and restoration.” New Zealand and several U.S. states have
won similar cases.
This was a game changer based on a moral framework:
if corporations are, for legal purposes, given “personhood,”
and if rivers and forests can have rights, so might animals.
Groups across the globe are beginning to argue that some
mammals like chimpanzees, elephants, and orcas should be
assigned certain rights to protect their survival. These new
frameworks are manifestations of the belief that we can,
and must, transcend our individual needs and desires to
build structures that work for and sustain all of us.
More than a quarter century since that night in the
Borneo rainforest, my youthful aspirations feel affirmed
when I see the progress we are making in reimagining a new
economic system that is both inclusive and sustainable. Yet,
I’m bemused when young people earnestly ask me how I
can be so old and still so passionate about my commitment
to work toward dignity, despite all the inevitable setbacks
and failures. I feel a growing sense of urgency to do more in
the decades that lie in front of me. All of us know that the
work of change is hard, that it is long—sometimes decades
long, sometimes lifetimes long.
So, how do any of us sustain? Every change agent must
find within herself the strength to carry on through the dark
times and the courage to push against a resistant status
quo, not just for a couple of years but, potentially, for
decades. Anger can go a long way, yet it eventually whittles
the soul. External awards may be reinforcing, yet whatever
comfort they provide is fleeting. Any honor bestowed by
others can be taken away. There must be something more,
something that nourishes the spirit and makes slogging for
years through the mud and grime of social change bearable.
I have found sustenance in a part of the journey that
few talked about when I began: beauty. To paraphrase Dr.
King, there is beauty in struggle. There is beauty around us,
beacons of the possible, especially if we still ourselves long
enough to recognize it. Beauty inspires and motivates.
Beauty sustains. The key for each of us is to define what
beauty means for us, to think of it not as superfluous or
indulgent but as an essential part of what it means to be
human.
Life is hard—which may be why humans have insisted
on creating beauty in even the darkest times and in the
meanest places. In every poor community I’ve ever visited,
beauty manifests. Think of tribes the world over that
embellish bowls and farm implements or weave evocative
imagery into everyday fabrics. In the harsh climes of India’s
and Pakistan’s deserts, women collect water wearing the
brightest colors imaginable, multiple clay pots stacked on
their heads and steadied with confident arms encircled with
sparkly bangles. In war zones, I’ve witnessed little girls
walking down dangerous streets in pretty white party
dresses. Even in the grimmest slums of Kampala or Lagos,
women hang beautifully embroidered, diaphanous curtains
to cover walls made of corrugated tin patched with
cardboard and coffee cans: beauty for survival, for bringing
life itself to parched and tired places.
Beauty is an expression of human dignity. It resides in
the work of showing up, of extending ourselves and bringing
kindness when we feel like being anything but kind. Beauty
lives in the narratives of those who are striving to overcome
profound obstacles just to survive. It thrives in the bonds of
human connection and the quiet moments of contemplative
reflection. Let beauty be a powerful touchstone, not only to
reinforce your own resolve, but to rejuvenate those you
serve.
The practice of paying attention is a form of beauty, a
kind of prayer, connecting us in ways that elevate. Hone
that skill so you can encourage it in others. In the 1990s, I
volunteered at Phoenix House, a drug rehabilitation center
on the Upper West Side of New York City. My job was simply
to talk to the female clients. Unsure of how to break the ice
and move to deeper topics, I thought I’d try prompting
conversation with a poem, and chose Maya Angelou’s
“Phenomenal Woman.” I suggested we go around the room,
each of us reading one line, thereby linking ourselves with a
daisy chain of words.
As we started to take turns reading, it became clear that
some of the women were functionally illiterate. As I listened
to one woman stumble over the first word in the poem
—“Pretty women…”—I felt ashamed that I’d set them up for
failure.
Then something magical happened.
The woman sounded out, “Pret-ty” and then reached
toward the group as if to grab the second word.
The other women, in turn, leaned toward her, their
mouths forming the “wo” sound in “women,” lips puckered
as if to blow her a kiss. Soon they were a unified voice,
quietly urging, cheering at the end of each line. By the last
stanza, we were a chorus, a proud group of women singing
from the rooftops: “’Cause I’m a woman / Phenomenally. /
Phenomenal woman, / That’s me.”
Reciting that extraordinary poem created a gentle
opening for us, a way into a deeper conversation about
what it means to be a woman, and that, at least for a
moment, made the future a little less daunting.
The beauty in that room at Phoenix House stemmed
from the collective witnessing of another person visibly
overcoming a challenge. We are most lovable when we are
vulnerable. But the feeling of shared victory was episodic.
Everyone but me had to wake up the next morning and
recommit to the grind of rehabilitation. The work of personal
transformation can be brutal. Daily practices can
supplement small victories at the edges if only to remind
ourselves and each other that we are good, that we are not
alone. Otherwise, the work can feel too hard.
And what of those who are committing to reforming
entire systems, not only their own lives (which can be
difficult enough)? Those people require mastering a sense of
personal grounding, as well as the business practices
needed to make a change process succeed. On both counts,
there are few examples like Dr. Govindappa Venkataswamy,
founder of India’s venerable Aravind Eye Care System. At
age thirty, he was crippled with rheumatoid arthritis, yet he
did not allow the disease or anything else to hold him back.
Instead, he dedicated himself first to overcoming his
physical ailments and then to becoming one of the most
highly skilled surgeons in India.
At fifty-eight, the age when his peers faced mandatory
retirement, Dr. V left the Indian civil service and embarked
on a quest to end treatable blindness. He had seen the toll
of blindness on his fellow citizens, especially the poor, who
could not afford cataract surgery. He also understood the
nourishment that can come from serving others and knew
he had a gift to offer the world. Unfazed by his age,
infirmities, or lack of significant financial resources, he just
started.
In 1976, in a tiny house fitted with merely eleven beds
in the south Indian town of Madurai, Dr. V founded Aravind
Eye Care System, resolving to provide eye care services to
all people regardless of their ability to pay. Then he went in
search of the most elegant and efficient solutions to
bringing cataract surgery, affordably, to millions of India’s
poorest—and to do so with a financially sustaining business
model.
I first met Dr. V in 2002. He had driven himself to meet
me at Madurai’s tiny airport and was standing at the gate
leaning on a wooden walking cane, his hair thick and white,
a mischievous twinkle in his eye. As he drove me into town,
he described his beloved Aravind Eye Care System like a
young man excited by ideas and possibilities and recounted
how he acquired knowledge wherever he could find it.
“We had to build a system that was fast, low-cost, high-
quality, and accessible to the poor,” Dr. V explained.
He told us how in his search for effective business
models, he was taken by the American fast-food company
McDonald’s, which broke down operational processes into
distinct, repeatable practices. The Aravind Eye Hospital
would do the same, he decided. Surgeons stand in the
operating theater and do what they do best: perform
cataract surgeries. Trained health workers prepare patients,
deliver them to the operating theater, and then take them
to the recovery rooms, where other health workers support
the post-op processes.
Had Dr. Venkataswamy integrated only McDonald’s
values of efficiency and accountability, his business model
could have made him a very wealthy man. But Aravind’s
mission was to eradicate blindness among the poor, and Dr.
Venkataswamy believed in the interconnection of all things.
His spiritual philosophy undergirded a business model that
was driven, first and foremost, to provide eye care to all
people, regardless of their ability to pay, and to treat the
poorest with the respect and dignity they deserved.
In other words, Dr. V’s spiritual philosophy, which put
the poor first, required toughness and discipline that far
exceeded the skills and resolve of businesses pursuing
profits alone. That same philosophy sustained his focus on
his mission for forty years. In turn, Dr. Venkataswamy
integrated those values into every operational aspect of this
nonconforming eye hospital system.
Aravind Eye Hospitals remains one of the most powerful
pro-poor business models I have ever encountered. “It is not
enough to provide essential eye care to the blind for free,”
Thulsi Ravilla, the genius businessman who worked closely
with Dr. V, explained to me. “Our starting point was
ensuring that all people could access eye care. If you want
to serve the poorest, you have to consider and integrate
their costs of giving up a day’s earnings and paying bus fare
to and from the hospital.” The result of Aravind’s efforts has
been to deliver world-class health care to more than fifty-
five million low-income patients, half of whom do not pay.
Dr. Venkataswamy’s spiritual grounding kept him
focused on creating an operational model that would
succeed only if it effectively served the poor. Taking time
daily to replenish and renew his commitment to his mission,
he was up well before the sun each day; spent hours in
reflection and meditation, reciting Sri Aurobindo’s epic poem
Savitri; and reminded himself that divinity exists in the
interconnection of all things.
To meet Dr. V was to experience a man who remained
present in the here and now, focused on human potential
with no trace of despondency. It was impossible to refrain
from smiling around him, as his spirit and unbridled laughter
lit up a room. In his own words, “Intelligence and capability
are not enough. There must be the joy of doing something
beautiful.” For more than thirty years, Dr. V sustained his
vision with the wisdom of an elder and the curiosity of a
child. Though he died in 2006, his legacy is alive in the
minds and vision of millions who have been changed for the
better because he existed.
Dr. Venkataswamy confidently wove his understanding
of the material world and its realities with his unabashed
belief in human interconnectedness and dignity. Whether
you are fighting to solve poverty, to heal the earth, to
reform the criminal justice system, or pursuing a host of
other aims, there will inevitably be moments when the more
established world makes you feel like a fool for “not
understanding business” or “being soft” or for trying too
hard. Remember, again, in those times that real love is a
hard skill. I also hope you can find rituals, whether religious
or decidedly nonreligious, to sustain and connect you more
fully to the realization that we are on this fragile planet for a
short time, that we are here together, that all we have is
one another. And that you are enough.
I’ve been moved to see young people breathe new life
into ancient rituals. Fahad Afridi, a Pashtun Acumen fellow in
Pakistan, told me that when he touches his head to the
ground in prayer, he is reminded to pause and feel gratitude
for the earth, for all we are given. In this I heard echoes of
an Acumen India teammate, Karuna Jain, who shared her
family’s tradition of starting each day by feeding seeds to
birds outside their home as a touchstone for our
interdependence. Others pursue yoga or meditation; they
might read or listen music, or dance, or walk or run in
nature. What matters is pausing long enough to pay
attention, to hear yourself, to bring a small respite to the
day.
There are a thousand ways to reconnect to the here and
now. The Jesuits practice a daily examen, a quick check-in
with themselves, once at noon and again at the end of the
day. I have adapted a shortened four-step version. In the
morning, set your intention for what you hope to do or how
you hope to be during the day. At noon and/or in the
evening, step back and assess how you are doing and what
you’re learning from both success and failure. Third, forgive
yourself for where you failed. And fourth, express gratitude.
When I remember to incorporate this short practice into my
day, I feel calmer, more focused, more grounded.
There is wisdom in practices that entreat us to pause, to
breathe, to contemplate what we are here to do. It takes
only a moment to remind myself that my very life depends
on the millions who toil planting the food we eat, making the
clothes we wear—and that our interconnection demands
some sort of reciprocity. I try to start most days reading a
poem—Rumi, Hafiz, Mary Oliver, Rainer Maria Rilke, Seamus
Heaney, Maya Angelou, and Marie Howe are among my
favorites. Poets trade in the universal, the transcendent, the
awe-inspiring simplicity of the world. The silence between
their words is almost a meditation itself.
My most consistent and timeworn ritual is to go for a
morning run. I love to feel my body come alive as the world
wakes up, to breathe in the colors of the sky, to mark the
changes in seasons, to explore new places and rekindle
delight in being alive. No matter how bad things get—and
thirty-plus years of working on poverty is a long time—a run
restores my spirit and readies me for the day. Of course,
these are simply my practices employed to help sustain my
life’s work and hopefully make me a better leader. Whoever
you are and whatever you do, I hope you can find your own
ways to make time to nourish your spirit and find a sense of
wholeness even when the world is trying to break you. I
hope you balance action with time for reflection.
A decade ago, when I published The Blue Sweater, I was
surprised to receive so many letters from readers who
voiced their desire to be of use. None moved me, though,
like the long text message I received from a man named
Kevin George Otieno, a resident of the Kibera slum in
Nairobi. Kevin had found the book through an Acumen
fellow, Suraj Sudhakar, who was working at a company that
operated pay-per-use city toilets according to a different
model from that of Sanergy. Kevin was hanging around the
toilet operation, asking about Suraj’s work. Eventually, Suraj
offered him a copy of my book—on the condition that Kevin
write and send me a review.
A few weeks later, I received a long text from Kevin:
“I’m just like you,” he wrote. “Like you, I have failed many
times. I was only able to complete third grade. I am HIV-
positive and out of work. But if you have failed in your life
and still made so many changes, then it gives me hope that
I can, too. And just like you, I also want to help bridge the
gap between rich and poor.”
I was speechless, glad that documenting my own
failures could help someone so different from me overcome
some of his fears. After reflecting for a day or so, I wrote
Kevin back. “If you’d like to give my book to other friends
who might enjoy reading it, I’m happy to send copies to
you,” I wrote. “But I’d like to hold a book club to hear from
your friends.”
“Deal,” Kevin replied. “I’ll take a hundred.”
So began the Blue Sweater Book Club, organized by
Kevin, his friend Alex Sanguti, and five others. Despite their
hardscrabble lives (selling eggs on the street, working as
laborers, sometimes earning the equivalent of about thirty
cents for a day’s work), they each found time to distribute
the one hundred books to fellow slum residents.
Driving through Kibera’s muddy alleyways the day of
the book club meeting, I was unprepared for what I saw.
More than a hundred people were crammed into Mama
Hamza’s community center, a corrugated-tin box of a room
outfitted with white plastic chairs. I felt overcome with
shyness, acutely aware of my privilege while writing about
poor people living in slums like this one. I desperately did
not want to let this group down.
The self-proclaimed “controller,” Kevin kicked off the
event, cheekily warning the other club members that he
would cut off anyone who was long-winded. “This is about
the future,” he proclaimed.
Alex went next, speaking about experiences that had
taught him that tribalism and nepotism were barriers to
one’s goals in life.
“If you ate a meal or slept with a roof over your head
last night,” he said, “remember that many have it much
worse than you do.”
The two were a hard act to follow. The slum dwellers
asked many questions—how to start a business, how to find
funding for a local project—and I did my best to respond.
Then a young woman, slender, short, and muscular, wearing
jeans and a dark cotton blouse, piped up from the back:
“I’m a teenager and a single mother. I have no money,
and I’m HIV-positive. How can I be a leader? Who will follow
me?”
I stammered through a nonresponse, citing Jesus and
Muhammad, and then some people whose names no one
there recognized. I was embarrassed to have drawn a blank,
as I knew so many audacious, competent leaders of humble
backgrounds from this young woman’s city. But at just that
moment, out of the crowd, a beautiful woman in a flaming
red dress stepped forward. I recognized her at once: Jane.
We’d met through Jamii Bora, the Nairobi-based
microfinance organization. Her story was full of
backbreaking challenges, yet she was a survivor.
Jane spoke directly to the skeptical young woman, from
her own experiences. “If you had known me ten years ago,
you would not believe I am here today,” she said. “I was a
prostitute for seven years before I came to Jamii Bora. By
then, I was also a single mother with HIV. Jamii Bora taught
me to sew, and now I am a tailor. My children are happy.
And I feel so lucky that I volunteer at the health clinic to
counsel people who have just discovered they are HIV-
positive.
“I grew up very poor. I could not follow my dreams to be
a doctor because of what life gave me. But now, in some
ways, I’m better. You see, doctors, they give out pills. But
me, I give out hope.”
Jane began to turn around and then stopped, looking
again at the agitated teen mom. “Everyone can be a
leader,” she said. “Don’t make excuses.”
The larger conversation continued, and I tried to direct
more of the queries toward the other people standing in the
room, but the questions to me continued. And just like Kevin
in his original text to me, many people started their queries
with the phrase “I’m just like you, but…”
I started to feel like a fraud.
“I appreciate your generosity and your humility,” I
finally said, “but the truth is, you are not just like me. I live
in a good neighborhood in New York City and attended some
of the country’s best schools. I hold an American passport
and my skin is white. I travel around the world and know the
freedom in my privilege. I hope I never take it for granted,
but my life is very different.”
Mama Hamza, the irrepressible entrepreneur in charge
of the community center, broke into a huge grin. “We know
that,” she said. “Yes, you are privileged. But still, you fight
for issues we fight. You care about the changes we want to
make. You fail and sometimes succeed—like we do. You see
yourself as part of us. This is what makes us like you—and
you like us.”
On the way back to my hotel, I shared a van with
Catherine Casey Nanda and Jocelyn Wyatt, two younger
colleagues who have since become close friends. We drove
in silence through Kibera’s still-muddy streets, each of us
lost in thought, my heart lodged in my throat. Something
had happened in Mama Hamza’s center. We had all shown
up simply as ourselves, to learn and gather in communion.
I was no longer that young woman trying and failing to
lead a diverse group of young Americans when I could not
fully acknowledge my own identity. I wondered what had
taken me so long to remove every mask I’d ever worn and
finally show up as no one else but my truest self.
The transcendence of that experience at Mama Hamza’s
was another reminder that we are part of something bigger
than ourselves. Instead of kneeling in a grandly lit cathedral
or a mosque with soaring ceilings, we stood together in a
dark, makeshift community center in an impoverished slum,
yet the ground in Kibera on that night felt no less sacred.
That precious moment continues to feed my commitment all
these years later. That evening, I was able to acknowledge
the beauty inside myself and, in so doing, make it easier for
others to acknowledge what was good and beautiful inside
them. The theologian Howard Thurman has called that quiet
recognition “the sound of the genuine.” When we reveal our
most genuine selves, not only do we invite the same from
others, but the choice to work toward something beyond
ourselves becomes inevitable.
Finally, when times are terrible—and few of us escape
living without experiencing tragedies and sorrows—there is
sustenance in beauty manifested in service, in the arts, in
rebuilding what has been destroyed. In 1994, I had the
immense privilege of sitting alone with fabled dancers of
Cambodia’s Royal Ballet at their modest studio in Phnom
Penh. During the mid- to late 1970s, under the Pol Pot
regime, the Khmer Rouge army murdered over a million
Cambodians, targeting intellectuals and artists. Just thirty
classical dancers survived the war, and only three remained
living when I visited to learn about their work as part of the
Philanthropy Workshop, a program I had created at the
Rockefeller Foundation.
A petite gray-haired woman dressed in wide-legged
yellow trousers and a deep red jacket imparted her
recollections of the refugee camps after the war. She was
elegant and graceful, with a perfect carriage. “I would lie in
my cot,” she said softly, “and try to piece together the
dances but could only hold on to fragments,” she recalled.
“You see, our dances have been passed down through each
generation orally, for more than a thousand years. Only we,
the dancers, held the keys to reviving this part of our
nation’s heritage. I desperately hoped that other dancers
might still be alive, trying to remember, as I was.” These
women’s recollections were links to the dances’ revival—and
their immortality.
Once the surviving dancers had found one another, they
pledged to train their grandchildren’s generation—their
daughters’ generation had already grown too old—in the
ancient techniques of the Royal Ballet. She spoke calmly,
slowly, her gaze straight at me while tears trickled down her
face, not once lifting her hand to dry her cheeks.
Suddenly, little girls pranced into the studio for practice.
Watching the class, I was mesmerized as the elderly women
stood at the center of the room clapping to beguiling
rhythms of age-old music played by old men with slender,
creative hands sitting at the edge of the dance floor. Little
fairy pixies pirouetted around the women, a circular rainbow
of fluttering iridescent silks surrounding slender, wise old
trees. The bland room metamorphosed into an enchanted
garden.
After unimaginable bloodshed and loss, I thought to
myself, there is dance. There is a new generation to teach.
And in that new generation is a chance for rebirth. The
elderly dancers, nearly annihilated, were honoring what was
most beautiful about the nation’s past and building it into
the future, forging a hard-edged hope out of suffering,
beauty, and faith.
Faith does not have to be religious, and prayer can take
a thousand forms. We are on dangerous ground when “faith”
becomes associated with political parties, or when
nonbelievers are seen as heretics rather than seekers. A
moral framework for an interdependent world has no place
for religious practices that divide. What matters instead is
that we agree to at least some shared moral principles that
enable our collective human flourishing. In whatever form
faith takes for you, I wish you a reservoir from which you
can draw sustenance. May you find ways and rituals to
remind you to be present in the world, to be grateful.
When you are broken or exhausted—and you will be—
remember beauty, gratitude, faith, and love. Remember
that in the struggle, there is a beauty that endures.
Remember that there will be beauty in moments of tragedy
as well as in times of shared celebration. But most
important, remember that beauty is inside you, if you let it
be.
Chapter 14
MANIFESTO
A few times a year, I run or walk uptown along New York
City’s Hudson River to pay homage to a hero from my
childhood whose example has accompanied me throughout
my life. At the entry to Riverside Park, under soaring oak
trees, stands a giant-size bronze statue of Eleanor
Roosevelt, human rights activist and one of America’s most
venerable First Ladies. Mrs. Roosevelt’s figure, attired in a
simple dress and a spring coat, leans casually against a
boulder, her hand at her chin, her distinctive face in restive
contemplation. Silently, I thank her for her service to her
country and the world.
Because she dared, the world is a different place.
Because she had the courage to stand for those who were
excluded, my life as a woman is radically better than it
would have been had I been born in her era. Because she
maintained her faith in the goodness of people while having
a front seat to one of the darkest times in human history, I
try to assume that same goodness in others.
Mrs. Roosevelt embodied principles of moral leadership,
renewing her commitment time and again to remake an
imperfect world. If she harbored inner doubts, she
nonetheless displayed a willingness to confront her fears
and undertake exceedingly demanding and sometimes
delicate tasks in service of her commitment to others. I can
only imagine the tensions Mrs. Roosevelt had to balance—
first, as a wife and First Lady who sometimes openly
disagreed with her husband’s policies; and second, as a
leader who believed in and fought for the rights of African
Americans, low-wage workers, and women in her country
while also embracing the duties of America’s responsibility
to fight a world war. Hers was a public life with its own share
of private pain, in which she grew in wisdom and
effectiveness until the end of her days—because she tried.
As a young woman, Mrs. Roosevelt was not particularly
aware of race issues in America. But as the wife of a
president fighting a war over human rights in Europe, and
with the encouragement of resolute African Americans
willing to speak their own truths to power, she expanded her
understanding. She listened. She took valiant, unpopular
stands to push for expanded rights for African Americans. In
return, she was called a Communist, a traitor, and, I’m sure,
much worse. But as she practiced acts of moral courage,
she became more courageous. And through it all, she lost
neither her humility nor her audacity.
In 1946, the world was only beginning to recover from a
war of murderous destruction: thirty million lives lost, many
because they were deemed by some to be less valuable
than others. A manifesto was called for to renew the world’s
most urgently needed values. Mrs. Roosevelt’s crowning
achievement was chairing the United Nations Commission
on Human Rights. She played an influential role in drafting
the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, which in
December 1948 the UN General Assembly proclaimed as the
international standard for human rights. In it, Mrs. Roosevelt
and her coauthors set forth a rights-based framework with
the hope of protecting future generations from the horrors
the world had just endured.
That Declaration, one of history’s most aspirational
expressions of what we owe one another as human beings,
established human rights as a moral principle to be
nourished and protected. The Declaration is based firmly on
the equality of all human beings. By virtue of being born
human, the document argues, every person should be
guaranteed the right to be treated as nothing less than
human. Consider the opening lines of its preamble:
“Whereas recognition of the inherent dignity and of the
equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human
family is the foundation of freedom, justice and peace in the
world.” In this single principle, the immutable value of
human dignity stands front and center.
Without doubt, seventy years later, most countries still
fall short of meeting some of the most basic rights, whether
it be the right to equal protection of the law or the right to
education and a “fair and adequate living standard.” Read
the Declaration’s principles and it becomes impossible to
resist shaking your head at how far the world remains from
the aspirations inscribed in it many decades ago. Reread it
and you might discover gaps where more aspiration is in
order.
Some disagree with the Declaration’s core premise.
Cynics and strongmen may scoff that the Declaration of
Human Rights is hopelessly idealistic or unrealistic. Others
would willingly trade off political freedoms (of free speech or
the protection of minorities, for instance) to know their
economic rights are protected above all. In unstable times,
humans’ fear of scarcity, hurt, and loss causes too many of
us to lean on the false security of privilege by excluding or
blaming others.
While imperfect, the Declaration has endured as one of
the most important documents of all time. It has been
translated into more than 330 languages, and while not
legally enforceable, it has assumed a moral and political
significance, inspiring generations to protect the oppressed
and those who speak out on their behalf. It has served as
the basis for constitutions and treaties, setting forth
standards for expanding what is owed every human being if
we hope to live with true dignity.
I am far from being an expert on Eleanor Roosevelt, yet I
wonder what she would have thought of the early decades
of the twenty-first century. I imagine she’d have been
pleased by the continued expansion of individual rights and
freedoms, and astonished by how individualistic yet
interdependent we have become. I’d guess she’d have been
curious about the juxtaposition of the possibilities and perils
of a technologically connected world. She would almost
certainly have recognized the continued relevance of her
belief that human rights begin “in small places, close to
home—so close and so small that they cannot be seen on
any maps of the world. Yet they are the world of the
individual person; the neighborhood he lives in; the school
or college he attends; the factory, farm, or office where he
works.”
Though our greatest threats are divergent from those
Eleanor Roosevelt’s generation faced, in many countries
around the world there is a chilling symmetry in the
spreading fear of the “other.” The burgeoning refugee crisis
prompts one to ask: who is responsible for masses of people
who, no longer able to survive on their lands, have no
choice but to leave behind everything and everyone dear to
them? Climate change, the phenomenon most critical to
humanity’s shared future, was not even contemplated in the
mid-twentieth century. The earth is witnessing the
extermination of species at a shocking rate, imperiling our
food supplies, our oceans, and the equilibrium and beauty of
nature. A new declaration infused with the moral
imagination of a new generation might consider not only our
rights, then, but our responsibilities, recognizing that if we
do not sustain the earth, human rights will die along with
our species.
In a time of low trust, such a manifesto will not come
from on high—certainly not one that will guide our daily
actions. Yet we face threats that carry within them perilous
consequences and untold opportunities—not for some, but
for the human race as a whole—challenges requiring each of
us to renew the values of human dignity, basic rights, and
decency. When we finally muster the courage to change
ourselves, only then can we change the world.
Freedom does not exist without constraint. Saying aloud
those values that bind us, whether we start with our
families, our organizations, our communities, or our nations,
is a start. Aspiring to live those values is the next step.
Within each of us lies the basis for the only revolution that
will save us: a moral revolution.
In 2011, we at Acumen put into writing our deepest
beliefs about the work we do to use investment as a tool for
social change and to build a community of remarkable
people—social entrepreneurs, fellows, philanthropists,
impact investors, committed students, and agents of
change. I offer you Acumen’s manifesto here simply as one
example of a declaration of principles that guide a
community dedicated to being part of the moral revolution
called for by our divided world. This declaration of principles
is aspirational, but it has become a moral compass, a daily
reminder of who we aim to be and who we practice being:
It starts by standing with the poor. Listening to
voices unheard, and recognizing potential where
others see despair.
It demands investing as a means, not an end,
daring to go where markets have failed and aid
has fallen short. It makes capital work for us, not
control us.
It thrives on moral imagination: the humility to
see the world as it is, and the audacity to
imagine the world as it could be. It’s having the
ambition to learn at the edge, the wisdom to
admit failure, and the courage to start again.
It requires patience and kindness, resilience and
grit: a hard-edged hope. It’s leadership that
rejects complacency, breaks through
bureaucracy, and challenges corruption. Doing
what’s right, not what’s easy.
It’s the radical idea of creating hope in a cynical
world. Changing the way the world tackles
poverty and building a world based on dignity.
Acumen’s manifesto has served our global community
well. The phrase “It starts by standing with the poor”
confronts us in every investment meeting and at every
management session as we grapple with how to ensure that
our work favorably impacts low-income populations. The
idea of “investing as a means, not an end” requires that we
balance financial returns with the goals we seek. Balancing
patience with urgency, calling out our own failures,
committing to resilience, yet knowing when to call it quits—
our commitment to these values sets standards that better
us.
And we’re far from perfect: though a sense of humor, of
joy, and a willingness to forgive ourselves and others are
not included in the manifesto, they nourish and sustain us.
My team and board have had many discussions about
the word poor, and how language can be limiting.
Ultimately, Acumen has maintained the word poor because
we see poverty simply as a lack of choice and opportunity;
the word says nothing about a person’s character. Indeed,
some of the richest lives I have ever encountered have been
lives of scarce means, while others with the financial
advantages of kings have been desperately lacking in spirit.
Although we don’t mention the earth in our manifesto,
Acumen’s community assumes that if you care about
poverty, you will also focus on climate change, which
continues to harm the vulnerable disproportionately more
than the wealthy. This set of guiding principles has provided
steady grounding, especially in those times when solid land
is unavailable.
I have also observed with awe how embodying values
can ripple across lands and oceans to unexpected places.
Don’t underestimate the impact you can have as a parent, a
teacher, a colleague, an organization builder. When I started
Acumen, I dreamed of touching the lives of millions, though
the actual community we directly worked with was relatively
small.
If you include only the philanthropists, entrepreneurs,
and fellows with whom Acumen interacts directly, then two
decades after its founding our work reaches thousands. If
you include the participants who have taken our online
courses for social change, Acumen’s principles have
affected hundreds of thousands. But if you count the low-
income people whose lives are tangibly different because a
community of individuals decided they could do more for
the world together than any one of them could accomplish
alone, our efforts have impacted hundreds of millions.
To be of use, a manifesto based in a moral framework fit
for the twenty-first century must connect with values that
transcend nation, culture, religion, race, and class.
Identifying a minimum set of values, though essential, is not
always straightforward. Sometimes, in quiet moments, I’ve
reflected on how many people in Acumen’s community were
raised to hate other members within our global circle.
Whether with fellows, entrepreneurs, or the customers our
companies serve, I’m regularly in conversation with people
whose parents taught them that certain neighbors were
“bad” or “evil.” The global community comprises groups of
deeply wounded people from places or of ethnicities,
genders, or sexual identities under grave threat of
persecution.
Yet cutting across every line that attempts to divide us
is the growing recognition that we are bound to one another
by virtue of our shared humanity and quest for dignity. I’ve
been inspired by many people who grew up in communities
that rejected other traditions but are now choosing to
embrace a universal truth: there is divinity in each of us,
and we are connected to something greater than ourselves.
And whether you believe that dignity comes from God or
is inherent simply in our having been born human, the end
result is the same. Every one of us deserves to be seen, to
be respected, to determine his or her own life. Every one of
us is owed a fighting chance to flourish.
From the beginning, my partners and I built Acumen as
a deliberately diverse community, not for its own sake but
so that we could use that diversity to know and to learn
from one another how to navigate the growing tensions in
our world. We wanted to affirm our differences without
erasing them, arriving at a sense of wholeness based on
commonly shared values.
That commitment to one another and to shared values
requires a willingness to confront obstacles to listening, to
seeing, to making true human connection. The work of
building our community requires being open to other faiths,
cultures, and traditions, to celebrating what is most
essential in each of them while building the courage to
speak up about that which no longer serves. We commit
ourselves to being members of a single human family,
beyond any nation or religion, caste or tribe. This work is
difficult and it is long, but it is the work of the moral
revolution, the only way to build a future that will sustain us.
Your organization or business might work from different
foundational principles than Acumen. The point is to reflect
and put your purpose and values into words to serve as your
own compass for decisions and actions, not only as an
organization but as individuals.
Statements of values can guide actions and reinforce
bonds of community—if they are lived. I’ve seen religious
communities mask terrible acts with beautiful words from
sacred texts, and I’ve witnessed philanthropists make
change in one area of their lives while engaging in unethical
practices elsewhere. To unite any group, let alone the world,
in common purpose requires role models and business
models that demonstrate values made manifest.
Muhammad Ali, an Acumen Pakistan fellow, is one such
role model who relentlessly lives his values. I first met him
in 2014, while leading a two-day seminar with his cohort of
twenty fellows. This group of fellows and I again used
literature as a springboard to conversation aimed at
clarifying each individual’s values, as well as identifying
common beliefs held by this very diverse group of human
beings.
When we first introduced ourselves, I was struck by
Muhammad Ali’s unassuming manner. He wore simple wire-
frame glasses, his dark hair combed to the side, his
mustache neatly trimmed, his button-down shirt and khaki
trousers perfectly pressed. He spoke broken English in a soft
voice that made him appear a bit shy at first. I imagined him
working in an accountant’s office. This could not have been
further from the truth.
Once he opened his mouth, Muhammad Ali quickly
impressed me with the quality of his ideas, grounded in
ancient texts, and his commitment to putting his ideals into
action. His values were based unyieldingly in the inherent
worth of every child and an insistence that it was society’s
duty to protect all children.
By the time I met him, Muhammad Ali had spent twenty
years rescuing children caught in the dark world of human
trafficking. In 2004, he’d founded Roshni Helpline, to identify
and rescue the missing children of the dispossessed.
Muhammad Ali spoke with understandable anger about
sexual assault, false adoption, prostitution, child labor—just
a few of the myriad reasons a child goes missing in Karachi
every day.
Muhammad Ali railed against the inequitable system
that rallied the police, media, and community members to
search for a single missing child of privilege while thousands
of poor children who disappeared each year across the
country drew little to no notice; they were left to experience
their terror alone. Few resources, either philanthropic or
governmental, focused on the children who lived at society’s
furthest edges.
Fighting human trafficking requires confronting the
ugliest parts of ourselves, sides that many would rather not
see. To better understand how Muhammad Ali’s values
translated into results, in 2017 I drove with Acumen’s
Pakistan director, Ayesha Khan, to a Karachi slum area
known for high levels of insecurity and violence and climbed
a pale-blue staircase to the small second-story office of
Roshni Helpline.
There, Muhammad Ali recounted how his mission to
protect vulnerable children had led him to discover one of
his most deeply held values: the power of a diverse
community. “In the beginning, our organization had little
money or staff,” he explained, “and I soon recognized that if
we were going to find a lost child, we could only do it with
the full support of the community we were trying to serve.”
He ultimately called upon the police and relied on a complex
informant system of thousands of local volunteers, including
shopkeepers, street children, and Karachi’s transgender
community.
Transgender community members, a highly visible but
discriminated group, have been fundamental to Roshni’s
success. Though they can be seen begging on streets and
dancing at weddings in Karachi, transgender folks typically
exist at the margins, with little access to jobs or income,
living in informal housing with “chosen families” of people
like them. Where others regarded transgender people as
outsiders, Muhammad Ali recognized them as potential
partners. “Traffickers often move children through
underground routes that include bus stations, where
transgender people can often be found. They were willing to
help and have been our best volunteers.”
During our visit, I had the privilege of sitting with
several of Roshni’s transgender volunteers. The group
leader, Hina Pathani, wore a flowered shalwar kameez, her
dark hair pulled back into a bun, tendrils framing her face.
She explained that while she and other transgender
volunteers had little money, they took great pride in their
work. “I love my country,” Hina said. “I want to be known for
contributing, for doing something that makes me proud, and
not to be seen as less than others.”
Muhammad Ali set free the potential of community
members who collectively became the superpower enabling
Roshni’s success. To date, the organization has saved nearly
four thousand people, most of whom are children. Only
through enlisting the help of the marginal and vulnerable
could Muhammad Ali succeed, finding the strength to do
what traditional child protection systems could not.
Muhammad Ali knows that four thousand people may
not sound like a lot to outsiders, but each of those children
represents a family. Each of those children represents a life
to be lived. Muhammad Ali’s work, which reveals the best of
human conscientiousness countering the worst of human
depravity, reminds me of lines from the poem “The
Pedagogy of Conflict,” by the human rights activist and Irish
theologian Pádraig Ó Tuama:
When I was a child,
I learnt to count to five:
One, two, three, four, five.
But these days, I’ve been counting lives, so I
count
One life.
One life.
One life.
One life.
One life.
In a world that too often views our most indigent
children as throwaways, Muhammad Ali is a candle burning
to ensure that we behold the unseen.
Despite his local effectiveness, Muhammad Ali lacked
access to financial and human resources to expand his
reach. This is where our responsibility for extending social
capital to voices unheard cannot be overestimated. Since
becoming associated with Acumen, Roshni Helpline has
worked with no fewer than ten fellows who’ve volunteered
services in marketing, communications, technology, and
government affairs. A few months after I visited, the
Acumen team took a small delegation of our philanthropic
partners from Pakistan and the United States to see
Muhammad Ali’s work firsthand. A few of the locals had
never been to the part of town where Roshni worked; nor
had they ever had a real conversation with transgender
folks.
By the end of the day’s visit, the philanthropists had
agreed to fund Roshni’s entire budget for the following three
years. Wealthy individuals signed on as ambassadors,
spreading the word about Roshni’s work and raising enough
money to build a safe house for traumatized children.
Putting the Acumen manifesto’s values into action, the
philanthropists encouraged Muhammad Ali to be audacious
in his plans, yet they maintained the humility to listen to
what the founder of Roshni most needed rather than
imposing their own desires.
Momentum built. The Karachi police requested that
Roshni Helpline train its officers to be of better support. A
local paint company sponsored artists to paint portraits of
the missing children on the elaborately decorated trucks
that drive across the country—and within months, a child
who’d been missing for seven years was rescued. Fifteen
years after Muhammad Ali founded Roshni Helpline,
Pakistan’s Supreme Court is making the kidnapping of
children under age eighteen a cognizable crime, which
means the police now will have the authority to investigate.
By valuing not only the individual but the communities
that support that person, Muhammad Ali has tapped into
many people’s urge to be of use. The transgender
volunteers along with philanthropists, designers, marketers,
artists, a public relations company, and others are
demonstrating what is possible when a diverse group of
individuals unites to reweave the torn fabric of society.
When we do this, we recognize not only our powers to heal,
but our entanglement with one another. We gain the chance
to remind ourselves that we are in this world together, that
all we have is each other, that, to use words of the poet
Gwendolyn Brooks, “We are each other’s harvest.”
James Kassaga Arainaitwe is an Acumen fellow from
Western Uganda who lost both parents and all four of his
siblings to disease, including AIDS, before he was ten years
old. Kassaga (his preferred name) was raised by his
grandmother, a gentle battle-ax of a woman fiercely focused
on giving her grandchild two treasures no one could take
from him: self-discipline and an education. When local
schooling options ran out at age eleven, she put Kassaga on
a bus alone for the three-hundred-kilometer journey to the
childhood village in southwestern Uganda where the
nation’s President Museveni maintained his personal home.
Kassaga’s grandmother figured the small boy would
somehow find a champion to help him meet the president’s
family and secure a scholarship to school.
His grandmother’s risk paid off. Because of his tenacity,
Kassaga met the country’s First Lady, and not only found a
place to learn in Uganda, but went on to attend Florida State
University on a full scholarship.
As an Acumen fellow, Kassaga worked in Bangalore,
India, at Gayathri Vasudevan’s LabourNet, the company
described in chapter 3 that provides effective vocational
and entrepreneurial training for low-income workers. On
weekends, Kassaga would volunteer at a school for low-
income students. That experience reconnected him with
what had initially saved him: education.
Dots connected: During his time in India, Kassaga met
Acumen fellows who’d worked with Teach for India, a part of
the powerful Teach for All network founded by Wendy Kopp.
They began a brainstorm that would expand to include other
fellows who were designers and strategists. Soon, Kassaga,
aided by an Indian community of trusted partners,
conceptualized and created Teach for Uganda.
In times of growing fears and divides, citizens are the
future of a new global diplomacy. Values-driven communities
can expedite making global ambassadors of all of us. The
India fellows had forged a bond with Kassaga over their
shared experiences with Acumen and their belief that every
child deserves a basic quality education. As Kassaga later
wrote me, “Their tireless sacrifice for an organization in a
country they’ve never stepped foot in reveals more than
just their love for me. It shows the interconnectedness of
humanity. To them, I was not seen as the ‘other.’ I became
their brother, and they became my sisters and brothers. It is
the African spiritual ideal of ubuntu, or ‘human kindness,’
that forever unites me with them.”
Kassaga is supported in myriad ways by Acumen’s
Ugandan fellows, who provide him with training,
connections, a needed ear, and what we at Acumen
affectionately call a “one-armed hug”—enough support to
stand with someone, but not so much that you disable
them. With the support of a local and global community
behind him, Kassaga is primed to make Teach for Uganda a
success, unleashing the energies of a new generation and
bringing back the best of what other regions have to offer to
the country he calls home.
A revolution of values is one that necessarily relies on
countless, immeasurable daily heroic acts. Unified in the
pursuit of dignity, we can serve in a thousand ways.
Fortified by one another, we can choose to celebrate role
models who help others succeed. Strengthened by a
commitment to shared values, we can build meaningful,
productive relationships across lines of difference.
Consider writing your own manifesto. It should start with
what is most important to you, the world you want to create
—in your school, local community, or company. Next,
consider the means you will need to achieve those ends.
What are the obstacles you face? The tensions you must
hold? What kind of person do you want to be as you live
your purpose? If you can envision your horizon, you can
build a pathway there. It will inevitably be a long, twisting
one, sometimes turning back on itself entirely. But I hope
your path will be joined by many others, drawn to that
mission, purpose, and values to which you subscribe.
All of us are needed for a moral revolution. It doesn’t
matter where you live, the size of your bank account, or
what you do for a living. The world needs you to flex, to
stretch to uncomfortable levels, to build your moral
imagination, to listen more deeply, to reckon with your
sense of identity, and to open yourself up to understanding
the layered inconsistencies and differing perspectives of
others. It requires each of us to partner better, to tell stories
that matter, and to embrace the beautiful struggle.
Critically, a revolution of morals requires each of us to
rethink success, asking ourselves whether we are doing
enough to serve others, whether we are enabling others to
help themselves, whether we are kind. We must find the
courage to recognize, integrate, and accept the light and
dark sides of ourselves so that we can bolster and integrate
our larger communities. Finally, we must have faith that we
can solve our biggest problems, trusting that we can bridge
our divides because we are connected, because we can see
one another, because our shared destiny is dependent on
the dignity of every one of us.
Whoever you are and whatever you do, the world needs
you to lead. There will be times when happiness may feel
elusive and the horizon impossible to reach. But remember
that each day, we wake up to another chance to renew the
world. Daily, we have a choice to recommit to the work we
came to do. Daily, we can reconstitute the promise of hard-
edged hope.
After the horrendous terrorist attacks in the fall of 2015
in Paris and California, Baheira Khusheim, an Acumen fellow
from Saudi Arabia, wrote me an email from a hospital in
Houston, Texas, where she was accompanying her father as
he underwent treatment for cancer. The Saudi consulate
had called her, she wrote, to ask her to be cautious when
moving about. Friends suggested she remove her headscarf
so as to avoid facing discrimination. Muslims, they said,
were at risk of counterattacks.
After some consideration, Baheira decided, “If I do not
stand up to show the world a different face of my religion,
who will?” The irony of sitting in a cancer ward where so
many women covered their heads with scarves was not lost
on Baheira. She could wear a scarf in solidarity with the
cancer patients, she reasoned. Why couldn’t she wear one
out of respect for her religion?
The following day, Baheira, her head covered, made a
trip to a nearby grocery store. The young Saudi woman self-
consciously was walking down the vegetable aisle when a
stranger rushed up to her. His intense expression sent her
into a mild panic. Then Baheira noticed the bouquet of
flowers in the stranger’s hand. “I bought them to bring to
my house,” he explained. “But when I saw you here in my
hometown, I thought I’d give these flowers to you instead.
Thank you for your courage in showing your Muslim identity
during this difficult time.”
About a year later, I was invited to Saudi Arabia to
launch the Arabic translation of my first book, a gift made
possible by our four Saudi fellows and scores of young
people who felt close to Acumen’s mission. Many people,
including some from Acumen’s own community, expressed
disapproval that I would travel to the country given its poor
human rights record. But I was there to engage with young
people who hungered to be part of the world.
Three of the Acumen fellows there, Yousuf Alguwaifli,
Shahd Al Shehail, and Lujain Al Ubaid, hosted me in Riyadh,
introducing me to many young people who impressed me
with their knowledge of other cultures. Many expressed a
deep desire to help change their country while also keeping
and sharing the traditions that made them proud, such as a
shared commitment to family and the region’s unmatched
hospitality to guests.
On my final morning in Riyadh, I took a taxi to the
airport. Though I’d previously been welcomed graciously by
everyone I’d encountered, the driver treated me
disdainfully, almost shouting at me to adjust my hijab and
abaya, the black headscarf and gown worn there to cover a
woman’s head and body. Sitting silently, I felt humiliated,
reminded for a brief moment what the powerless experience
a hundred times a day. Then, as I was putting my bags
through security, a surly worker harassed me. I focused
again on holding my composure, reminding myself not to
allow his disrespect to inform my actions.
Nonetheless, I was shaken up by both incidents. I
spotted a coffee shop in the terminal and made a beeline for
the comfort of a latte. As I was standing in that line, a Saudi
man approached me. He was carrying several boxes of fresh
dates in his arms. I wondered what was coming next.
“Excuse me,” he said, “but I watched that man attempt
to humiliate you in the security line. You kept your grace
through it, and I want to thank you for that. But watching
the interaction made me feel ashamed. I don’t want you to
leave my country thinking you are not welcome. I don’t
want you to think that kind of behavior is acceptable to us.”
I smiled and said thank you.
“Please,” he continued, “take these dates home. They
are full of sweetness. Take them as a gift from myself and
my fellow Saudis. Enjoy them with your friends and family.”
I thanked him profusely but tried to refuse. Laughing, I
added, “Plus, there must be twenty pounds of dates in your
arms. I can’t even carry all those!”
He insisted I take them, helping devise a way for me to
hold them more easily. And then he added, “Knowing you
have them will do me good. Don’t you think we need
reminders of how much love is out there?”
Yes, I said. I do. I do.
As Eleanor Roosevelt wrote long ago, the work of
renewing a world based on extending dignity to every being
on the planet begins in small places, close to home. As we
go through life on this tiny, blue planet, the only home we
know, imagine the changes that might arise if we each took
a step toward making it a home in which all of us could
participate, where each person could flourish with peace
and justice and a sense of wholeness for many, many
generations to come.
The world is waiting for you.
NOTES
Chapter 4: Listen to Voices Unheard
0. 1. From the poem “From the Republic of Conscience.”
Chapter 9: Use the Power of Markets, Don’t Be
Seduced by Them
0. 1. The economist and Nobel laureate Amartya Sen powerfully articulates
the idea of access to markets as a form of freedom in his book
Development as Freedom.
0. 2. According to the WHO/UNICEF Joint Monitoring Programme for Water
Supply, Sanitation and Hygeine’s 2019 update report, Progress on
Household Drinking Water, Sanitation and Hygiene 2000–2017: Special
Focus on Inequalities, more than 4 billion people live without safely
managed sanitation, even if some of them have access to a toilet.
SELECTED READINGS
Angelou, Maya. “Phenomenal Woman.” In Maya Angelou: The Complete Poetry.
New York: Random House, 2015.
Arendt, Hannah. Eichmann in Jerusalem: A Report on the Banality of Evil. New
York: Penguin Classics, 2006.
Brooks, David. The Road to Character. New York: Random House, 2015.
Brooks, David. The Second Mountain: The Quest for a Moral Life. New York:
Random House, 2019.
Brooks, Gwendolyn. “Paul Robeson.” In The Essential Gwendolyn Brooks. New
York: Library of America, 2005.
Collier, Paul. The Future of Capitalism: Facing the New Anxieties. New York:
Harper, 2018.
Dalio, Ray. Principles: Life and Work. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2017.
Eliot, T. S. Four Quartets. Boston: Mariner, 1968.
Frankl, Viktor E. Man’s Search for Meaning. Boston: Beacon, 2006.
Gardner, John W. Self-Renewal: The Individual and the Innovative Society.
Brattleboro, VT: Echo Point, 2015.
Giridharadas, Anand. Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World.
New York: Knopf, 2018.
Godin, Seth. The Dip: A Little Book That Teaches You When to Quit (and When to
Stick). New York: Portfolio, 2007.
Godin, Seth. Linchpin: Are You Indispensable? New York: Portfolio, 2011.
Hafiz. The Gift. Translated by Daniel Ladinsky, New York: Penguin, 1999.
Haidt, Jonathan. The Righteous Mind: Why Good People Are Divided by Politics
and Religion. New York: Pantheon, 2012.
Harari, Yuval Noah. Sapiens: A Brief History of Humankind. New York: Harper
Perennial, 2018.
Havel, Václav. The Power of the Powerless: Citizens against the State in Central
Eastern Europe. New York: Routledge, 1985.
Helminski, Kabir, ed. The Rumi Collection: An Anthology of Translations of
Mevlâna Jalâluddin Rumi. Boston: Shambhala, 2005.
Howe, Marie. Magdalene: Poems. New York: W. W. Norton, 2017.
King, Martin Luther, Jr. “Letter from Birmingham Jail.” In I Have a Dream. Logan,
IA: Perfection Learning, 2007.
Lowney, Chris. Heroic Leadership: Best Practices from a 450-Year-Old Company
That Changed the World. Chicago: Loyola Press, 2005.
Lukianoff, Greg and Jonathan Haidt. The Coddling of the American Mind: How
Good Intentions and Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure. New York:
Penguin, 2018.
Maalouf, Amin. In the Name of Identity: Violence and the Need to Belong.
Translated by Barbara Bray. New York: Arcade, 2001.
Machiavelli, Niccolò. The Prince. Edited and translated by David Wootton.
Indianapolis, IN: Hackett Publishing, 1995.
Mandela, Nelson. “I Am Prepared to Die.” Testimony, Rivonia Trial, April 20,
1964, Pretoria, South Africa. Nelson Mandela Foundation,
http://db.nelsonmandela.org/speeches/pub_view.asp?
pg=item&ItemID=NMS010&txtstr=prepared to die.
Oliver, Mary. “Mysteries, Yes.” In Evidence: Poems. Boston: Beacon, 2009.
Ó Tuama, Pádraig. “The Pedagogy of Conflict.” In In the Shelter: Finding a Home
in the World. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 2015.
Ó Tuama, Pádraig. Sorry for Your Troubles. Norwich, UK: Canterbury Press, 2013.
Pagels, Elaine. Why Religion?: A Personal Story. New York: Ecco, 2018.
Plato, The Republic. Translated by Desmond Lee. New York: Penguin Classics,
2007.
Popova, Maria. BrainPickings.org blog.
Rohr, Richard. Falling Upward: A Spirituality for the Two Halves of Life. San
Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 2011.
Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. The Social Contract. Translated by Maurice Cranston.
New York: Penguin Classics, 1968.
Rumi, Jalal ad-Din. The Essential Rumi. New expanded edition. Translated by
Coleman Barks. New York: HarperOne, 2004.
Sen, Amartya. Development as Freedom. New York: Anchor, 2000.
Smith, Adam. The Theory of Moral Sentiments. New York: Penguin Classics,
2009.
Solomon, Andrew. Far from the Tree: Parents, Children, and the Search for
Identity. New York: Scribner, 2012.
Stevenson, Bryan. Just Mercy: A Story of Justice and Redemption. New York:
Spiegel & Grau, 2014.
Tippett, Krista. Becoming Wise: An Inquiry into the Mystery and Art of Living.
New York: Penguin, 2016.
Venkataraman, Bina. The Optimist’s Telescope: Thinking Ahead in a Reckless
Age. New York: Riverhead, 2019.
Whitman, Walt. Song of Myself. N.p.: Dover, 2001.
Yunus, Muhammad. A World of Three Zeros: The New Economics of Zero Poverty,
Zero Unemployment, and Zero Net Carbon Emissions. New York: PublicAffairs,
2017.
ALSO BY JACQUELINE NOVOGRATZ
The Blue Sweater: Bridging the Gap Between Rich and Poor
in an Interconnected World
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
Jacqueline Novogratz is the New York Times
bestselling author of The Blue Sweater and founder
and CEO of Acumen. She has been named one of the
Top 100 Global Thinkers by Foreign Policy, one of the
25 Smartest People of the Decade by the Daily
Beast, and one of the world’s 100 Greatest Living
Business Minds by Forbes, which also honored her
with the Forbes 400 Lifetime Achievement Award for
Social Entrepreneurship. In addition to Acumen, she
is a sought-after speaker and sits on a number of
philanthropic boards. She lives in New York with her
husband. You can sign up for email updates here.
Thank you for buying this
Henry Holt and Company ebook.
To receive special offers, bonus content,
and info on new releases and other great reads,
sign up for our newsletters.
Or visit us online at
us.macmillan.com/newslettersignup
For email updates on the author, click here.
MANIFESTO FOR A MORAL REVOLUTION. Copyright © 2020 by Acumen Fund. All
rights reserved. For information, address Henry Holt and Co., 120
Broadway, New York, N.Y. 10271.
www.henryholt.com
Lines from “The Pedagogy of Conflict” by Pádraig Ó Tuama, originally
published in Sorry for Your Troubles (Canterbury Press, 2013).
Reprinted by permission of author.
Cover design by Karen Horton
Cover photograph of book cloth © Andrey Khokhlov / Alamy Stock;
cover photograph of fabric stripes © Fotosoroka / Shutterstock.com
The Library of Congress has cataloged the print edition as follows:
Names: Novogratz, Jacqueline, author.
Title: Manifesto for a moral revolution: practices to build a better
world / Jacqueline Novogratz.
Description: First edition. | New York: Henry Holt and Company, 2020.
Identifiers: LCCN 2019052281 (print) | LCCN 2019052282 (ebook) |
ISBN 9781250222879 (hardcover) | ISBN 9781250759269 | ISBN
9781250222862 (ebook) | ISBN 9781250759269 (international
edition)
Subjects: LCSH: Social responsibility of business. | Poverty.
Classification: LCC HD60 .N685 2020 (print) | LCC HD60 (ebook) | DDC
658.4/08—dc23
LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2019052281
LC ebook record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2019052282
e-ISBN 9781250222862
First Edition: May 2020
Our e-books may be purchased in bulk for promotional, educational,
or business use. Please contact the Macmillan Corporate and Premium
Sales Department at (800) 221-7945, extension 5442, or by e-mail at
MacmillanSpecialMarkets@macmillan.com.
CONTENTS
1. Title Page
2. Copyright Notice
3. Dedication
4. Acknowledgments
5. Introduction
6. 1. Just Start
7. 2. Redefine Success
8. 3. Cultivate Moral Imagination
9. 4. Listen to Voices Unheard
10. 5. You Are the Ocean in a Drop
11. 6. Practice Courage
12. 7. Hold Opposing Values in Tension
13. 8. Avoid the Conformity Trap
14. 9. Use the Power of Markets, Don’t Be Seduced by Them
15. 10. Partner with Humility and Audacity
16. 11. Accompany Each Other
17. 12. Tell Stories That Matter
18. 13. Embrace the Beautiful Struggle
19. 14. Manifesto
20. Notes
21. Selected Readings
22. Also by Jacqueline Novogratz
23. About the Author
24. Copyright
- Title Page
- Copyright Notice
- Dedication
- Acknowledgments
- Introduction
- 1. Just Start
- 2. Redefine Success
- 3. Cultivate Moral Imagination
- 4. Listen to Voices Unheard
- 5. You Are the Ocean in a Drop
- 6. Practice Courage
- 7. Hold Opposing Values in Tension
- 8. Avoid the Conformity Trap
- 9. Use the Power of Markets, Don’t Be Seduced by Them
- 10. Partner with Humility and Audacity
- 11. Accompany Each Other
- 12. Tell Stories That Matter
- 13. Embrace the Beautiful Struggle
- 14. Manifesto
- Notes
- Selected Readings
- Also by Jacqueline Novogratz
- About the Author
- Copyright